Thank you for choosing NIO EL6 model (hereinafter referred to as "EL6"). EL6 is a smart electric
vehicle. We will provide you with considerate and thoughtful user services during your green journey with
EL6.
Before embarking on a journey with EL6, it is recommended that you read the "User Manual" on the
center display to learn all the information required for the use of the vehicle.
Without legal and valid authorization, no one may make copies of or modify the contents of
this manual in whole or in part.
Without legal and valid authorization, no one may refit, adjust, or disassemble vehicle
parts, so as to prevent the occurrence of feature failures or personal injury.
The labels, signs and pictures used in, as well as the contents of this Manual are for
illustration only.
The actual equipment, configuration, features etc. of your vehicle may be different from the
description and illustration in this Manual. They may be upgraded with the change of the vehicle software
version. Please refer to the actual equipment, configuration, features etc. of your vehicle. For the
avoidance of doubt, NIO has the right to decide whether and when to upgrade your vehicle's equipment,
configuration, features and related software for safety, compliance with laws and regulations and other
considerations.
Please strictly abide by the warning information referred to in this Manual. It will help you use
the vehicle more safely. Pay attention to any other warning information released to you by NIO. Please make
sure that you read the latest version of this Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the features of
EL6 before using.
If EL6 is not operated correctly, it may cause injury to you or others or lead to
vehicle damage or property loss. NIO shall undertake no responsibility in such an event.
Warning: This content is closely related to personal safety. Please always comply with it!
Failure to comply may result in personal injury or a serious accident.
Caution: This is to advise you on how to avoid possible vehicle damage or property loss.
Note: It provides you with suggestions on how to make better use of your vehicle.
If you have any questions about this user manual or need emergency assistance, please call the
NIO Hotline, or contact NIO via E-mail.
NIO Hotline
E-mail
Denmark
00 8000 999 6699
contact.dk@nio.io
Sweden
00 8000 999 6699
contact.se@nio.io
Netherlands
00 8000 999 6699
contact.nl@nio.io
Germany
00 8000 999 6699
contact.de@nio.io
Norway
00 47 800 24 789
contact.no@nio.io
Find My Car
Vehicle Locating at a Distance
You, or the authorized user, can use a smartphone App to conveniently locate the parked vehicle
by accessing its geographical location information. When the vehicle is connected to the network, the
current parking location can be viewed on the "My Vehicle" interface of the mobile App. By tapping on this
location information, you can see the vehicle's exact position on a map.
Vehicle Locating at Close Proximity
When the vehicle is not in driving state and the valid key is within 70 meters of the vehicle
(this distance may vary depending on the status of the Smart Key and the surrounding environment of the
vehicle), press the lock button on the Smart Key twice within 3 seconds, and the vehicle horn will sound
and the turn signals will flash, providing an indication of the precise location of the vehicle. Pressing
this button again after 5 seconds will cancel the Find My Car prompting, otherwise, it will automatically
turn off after 10 seconds.
When the Bluetooth key feature of the mobile phone is turned on or the vehicle is connected to
the network, you can also tap the "Find My Car" button on the "My Vehicle" interface of the mobile App to
locate the vehicle. This will activate the vehicle's horn and flashing turn signals. Press the "Find My
Car" button again to cancel the prompting.
Unlocking/Locking with Smart Key
Before entering the vehicle, you can use the smart key to unlock the vehicle. Depending on the
state of the smart key and the surrounding environment of the vehicle, the furthest effective range of the
smart key is 30-70 meters outside the vehicle.
The buttons and functions of the smart key are as follows:
Vehicle Unlock Button
When the vehicle is in P gear, press this button to unlock the vehicle. After
unlocking, the turn lights on both sides of the vehicle will flash three times to indicate
successful unlocking. After successful unlocking, the outer door handles will automatically pop
up.
After unlocking the four doors with the smart key, the liftgate can be opened from
the outside without a key.
Press and hold the unlock button to open all the windows at the same time; release
the unlock button during the movement of the windows and the windows will stay at the current
position.
You can set the unlocking method of the smart key through the center display: enter
the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Vehicle Unlock Mode.
If you select "Unlock the Whole Vehicle", you only need to press the key unlock
button once to unlock all the doors of the vehicle at the same time;
If you select "Unlock the Driver's Door", you can press the key unlock button for
the first time to unlock only the driver's door, and press the unlock button again to unlock
the other three doors.
Vehicle Lock Button
When the vehicle is in P gear and all doors (including the hood and liftgate) are
closed, press this button to lock the whole vehicle. After the whole vehicle is locked, the turn
lights on both sides will flash once and the horn will sound once to indicate the successful
locking. At the same time, the outer door handles are retracted, and the side mirrors are
automatically folded (enter the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Auto-Fold When
Vehicle is Locked to set the automatic folding of side mirrors).
The locked liftgate can only be opened from the outside with the smart key.
You can set the on/off of the horn prompt sound through the center display by
entering the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tapping
Sound > RINGER & ALERTS > Lock Confirmation Sound.
Press and hold the lock button to close all the windows at the same time; release the
lock button during the window movement and the windows will stay in the current position.
When the vehicle is not in driving state and the valid smart key is within 70 meters
from the vehicle, you can press it twice within 3 seconds to start the Find My Car function, and
the turn lights and horn will give prompts. Pressing this button again after 5 seconds will
cancel the Find My Car prompting, otherwise the Find My Car function will be automatically
turned off after 10 seconds.
When all the doors are closed, you can press the lock button of the smart key outside
the car. At this time, the car is locked. The turn lights will flash once and the horn will
sound once to indicate that the locking is successful. If any door is not closed, the vehicle
cannot be locked by pressing the lock button at this time, and you will receive a reminder
message from the NIO App, reminding you that the vehicle has not been successfully locked.
Liftgate Open Button
When the liftgate is closed, press and hold this button to open the liftgate; when the
liftgate is open, press and hold this button again to close the liftgate.
When leaving a person or a pet in the vehicle, you must ensure that you have your smart key
fob with you. Failure to do so may result in injury or death.
CautionNT2智能钥匙
The smart key is an electronic component. Please avoid hitting, disassembling, or
placing it in a place with high temperatures, humidity, and strong vibrations.
If there are still passengers inside your vehicle when you lock it, you can perform the
smart key lock operation, and the passengers inside your vehicle can still open the door from
inside, but the Anti-Theft Alarm System will be triggered.
If there is still a smart key or a mobile phone with Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth
function in your vehicle after your vehicle is locked, the smart key lock operation can still be
performed for your vehicle, and the mobile APP will prompt you that there is a key in your
vehicle.
If a passenger takes a smart key or a mobile phone with Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth
function more than 3 meters away from your vehicle, your vehicle will prompt you that a key has
left your vehicle.
If neither any door nor the liftgate are opened within 30 seconds after your vehicle is
unlocked, all doors and the liftgate will be automatically relocked.
If a key is lost or damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center immediately, and
carry all the current keys for key binding operations and apply for a new key.
Caution智能钥匙亏电时可使用物理应急钥匙上锁驾驶侧车门,所有车门随之一同上锁。
When the key fob battery is low, use the emergency key to lock the driver’s door. All other
doors will be locked at the same time.
After closing the driver’s door and locking the vehicle, if you accidentally leave the smart
key fob in the vehicle when closing another door, the anti-lockout feature will activate automatically.
In this case, the vehicle will unlock automatically, the turn signals will flash three times, and the
horn will honk three times.
To facilitate the operation of locking the vehicle when the vehicle is in the parked state, you
can enter the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Windows > Auto Close When Locking, so that when you
use the external locking method (such as smart key, NFC, NIO App, Keyless Locking and Walk Away Lock) to
lock the vehicle, it can automatically close all the windows of the vehicle, and has an anti-pinch
function during the closing process. If the smart key or the Unlocking and Locking with NIO App button is
pressed during the window closing process, the window closing action will stop.
Caution执行锁车自动关窗时请确保车辆已成功上锁。
When turning on Auto Window Close, please ensure the vehicle is locked.
For occupants’ safety, when a front seat is occupied, if the vehicle is locked, the
windows will not close. Please do not leave occupants or pets in the locked vehicle.
If the vehicle is locked while a window is rising, the window will stop rising. In this
case, unlock the vehicle first, then lock the vehicle again, and the windows will close
automatically.
Replacing the Smart Key Fob Battery
The smart key fob uses a CR2477 coin cell battery. To replace the battery, please pinch the
sides of the key fob firmly between fingers, and slide your fingernail or a thin plastic sheet from the
bottom gap along the side slit of the key fob until the rear cover can be opened.
Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Please see the NIO website
for details.
Install the coin cell battery with the positive terminal facing down. After installing, align
the battery's contacts, and then close the rear cover properly to ensure proper use of the key fob.
When the key fob battery is low, its remote unlock feature may be affected. In this case, you
can try to unlock the vehicle from a shorter distance. If it still doesn’t work, please use other
methods (e.g. the mobile app or emergency key) to unlock the vehicle.
Radio waves may affect the performance of the key fob. Keep other electronic devices (e.g.
phones, laptops and tablets) at least 30 cm away from the key fob.
Keyless Unlocking and Locking
When you carry a valid smart key with you, or have the Bluetooth key turned on from your mobile
phone (like in your pocket or bag), you can unlock or lock the vehicle by touching the corresponding part of
any outer door handle without taking out the key.
If you leave the key in the vehicle, or when any door is open (including the hood and liftgate),
and when you press the lock button on any door to perform the keyless locking action outside the vehicle,
the vehicle will not be fully locked in such a situation, and the horn will sound to alert you to take the
key out of the vehicle or close the corresponding door.
Caution进行无钥匙解锁/上锁操作时,车辆需挂 P 挡且车门、前盖及尾门均关上。
To unlock/lock the vehicle without using a key, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK and that all
doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
Caution 进行无钥匙上锁操作时,请勿使用蛮力按压车外门把手。
When locking the vehicle without a key, avoid pressing too hard on the exterior door handle.
Patients who are dependent on pacemakers should stay at least 22 centimeters away from the
interior antennas, to avoid their cardiac pacemakers from being interfered by the keyless unlocking
system’s antenna.
Location of the interior Bluetooth antenna:
Under the rearview mirror cover
Above the B-pillar on the left side of the body
Above the B-pillar on the right side of the body
Rear roof
Above rear bumper bracket
Unlocking and Locking with NIO APP
When you are still far away from the vehicle, you can go to“My Vehicle” page on the NIO APP, and
tap“Door Locks” to remotely unlock and lock the doors. Doing this allows you to lend your vehicle to someone
else.
To unlock or lock the vehicle on the NIO APP, ensure that the following requirements are met:
The user must be the vehicle's owner or authorized by the owner.
The vehicle is in PARK gear with all doors closed.
The mobile phone and vehicle are connected to the Internet.
Your phone's Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth feature is disabled (otherwise this Bluetooth
feature will be preferred).
Note如果用户因故无法使用手机 APP 执行解锁操作,可以呼叫蔚来汽车服务中心寻求帮助。
If you or an authorized user cannot unlock the vehicle using the NIO app, please contact NIO
for assistance.
Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth
The Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enables you to easily and quickly unlock/lock
the vehicle without a smart key fob.
First, open the NIO app.
Tap My Vehicle > Settings >Bluetooth Digital Key to create a Unlocking
and Starting via Bluetooth service. Then enable this service and Bluetooth on your phone, and keep your
phone close to an unlocked vehicle to pair the vehicle with your phone and activate this service. After
successful activation, the top of the My Vehicle page will show that your phone has been connected to the
vehicle via Bluetooth digital key, and then you can use the Bluetooth digital key to replace the smart key
fob for unlocking and locking your vehicle. Then your phone will be automatically connected to your vehicle
when approaching. You can also go to the Key Management page to manage the Bluetooth digital key or delete
it as needed.
If the vehicle is in PARK, when you approach it (about 30–70 meters at maximum, which may vary
according to the status of Bluetooth connection) with your phone's Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth
enabled, you can perform the following operations:
Tap the Unlock/Lock button on the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to unlock/lock the vehicle,
with the door handles extending or retracting automatically.
After unlocking your vehicle successfully with the Bluetooth digital key, you just need to
get seated and close the driver's door and then press the brake pedal to start the vehicle.
Carry your phone and touch the designated area on the door handle to unlock/lock the vehicle.
After enabling the Walk-Up Unlocking feature on the center display, when you enter the
specified range area around the vehicle with your phone, the vehicle will unlock automatically.
After enabling the Walk-Away Lock feature on the center display, when you leave the vehicle
for the specified distance with your phone, the vehicle will automatically lock.
You can press the trunk switch or go to the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to open/close the
truck.
You can find your vehicle, adjust windows, your vehicle via the My Vehicle page of the NIO
app.
Caution手机蓝牙钥匙
If you fail to lock or unlock the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key due to a
Bluetooth connection error, fix the error and try again.
If the Bluetooth connection between your phone and the vehicle fails when you try to
start the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key, please reconnect via Bluetooth and try again.
The Bluetooth digital key is only available for a paired phone. If you use a new phone,
create a new Bluetooth digital key, and the Bluetooth digital key on the previous phone will be
disabled automatically. To log in to the account, you need to reactivate the Bluetooth digital key.
Both the vehicle owner and authorized users can create a Bluetooth digital key, but the
number of Bluetooth digital keys that can be paired with the vehicle is limited.
Even though there are occupants in the vehicle, you can still lock the vehicle with the
Bluetooth digital key. The occupants can get out of the vehicle when needed, but the anti-theft
alarm system will be triggered.
If a smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key is left in the vehicle, you
can still lock the vehicle with smart key fob, and the NIO app will remind you of a key left in the
vehicle.
If an occupant accidentally takes the smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital
key out of the vehicle for more than 3 meters, the vehicle will remind you of a key out of the
range.
NFC Unlocking and Locking
You, or the authorized user, can also use an NFC-enabled mobile phone or NFC card to unlock or
lock the vehicle, and once the vehicle is unlocked, the liftgate can be opened from the outside. You can
easily manage the NFC key and perform deletion operations on the key management interface.
To unlock or lock the vehicle from your phone:
Open My Vehicle > Vehicle Info > NFC Key in the mobile
app, install the “NIO NFC Key” app and turn the “Local NFC Key” on, then you will see the “NFC” logo in
the upper left corner of the “My Vehicle” interface.
Turn on the NFC feature of the mobile phone, and set NIO as the default payment app.
Keep the phone screen unlocked, put the NFC sensing area of the phone close to the NFC
sensing area of the B-pillar on the driver’s side, then the app will prompt “NFC key is being used”.
Once the vehicle is unlocked, the door handle will pop up automatically, and will automatically retract
if the vehicle is locked along with a “click” locking sound.
Hold the NFC card close to the NFC sensing area of the B-pillar on the driver’s side and hold it
there for a while, then the vehicle will be automatically unlocked or locked. Once the vehicle is unlocked,
the door handle will pop up automatically, and will automatically retract if the vehicle is locked along
with a “click” locking sound.
CautionNT2 NFC
The NFC's detection range is less than 10 millimeters. It is recommended to place your
mobile phone or NFC card near the NFC detection area for a short period to unlock or lock the
vehicle.
After unlocking the vehicle via NFC, you can still lock it using other methods (e.g. your
smart key fob or emergency key). We recommend carrying your smart key fob or phone with you.
Please keep your NFC card safe. Protect it from impact, bending, high temperatures,
strong vibration, and damage from liquids.
You cannot use the NFC feature during vehicle updates. Please carry the smart key fob
with you to unlock the vehicle.
When unlocking or locking the vehicle via NFC, please log into the NIO app and redownload
the NFC key if you are unable to obtain an authenticated NFC key. If an authenticated NFC key is not
detected, please ensure that the vehicle matches the NFC account. Then reopen the NFC app and unlock
the mobile phone screen to unlock or lock the vehicle again. If NFC still doesn't work, please
contact NIO.
Unlocking and Locking on the Center Console
You can unlock or lock the vehicle with the lock button on the center console.
When the vehicle is fully unlocked and all doors are closed, press the lock button on the
center console to lock the vehicle. The center display will display the locked status of the vehicle, and
the LED on the button will light up green.
When the vehicle is fully locked (not from the outside) or only the driver’s door is unlocked,
press the lock button on the center console to unlock the vehicle. The center display will display the
unlocked status of the vehicle, and the LED on the button will go off.
Emergency Unlocking and Locking
Emergency Unlocking/Locking the Vehicle from Outside
When the vehicle cannot be unlocked or locked using the above conventional methods from the
outside, you can use the physical emergency key to unlock or lock the driver's door.
Caution请将物理应急钥匙带出车外并妥善保管,以备紧急解锁或上锁时使用。
Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.
Here is how to use the physical emergency key:
Toggle the slider on the physical emergency key, and pull out the metal key part of the
emergency key.
Press+hold the front part of the outer door handle of the driver's door to extend the
outer door handle.
With one hand holding the extended outer door handle and the other putting the physical
emergency key into the handle's keyhole, the driver's door can be unlocked by turning the physical
emergency key in a clockwise direction.
When locking, press+hold the front half of the outer door handle, turn the physical
emergency key clockwise for one unlocking operation, and then turn the key counterclockwise to lock
the driver's door.
To lock the vehicle with the key fob after it has been unlocked with the emergency key,
reset the lock cylinder by unlocking and then locking the driver's door to keep the vehicle safe.
When the battery of the vehicle is depleted, the physical emergency key can only lock the
driver's door. If you want to lock the other doors, toggle down the door lock hole, and simply close the
door to lock it. However, in such a situation, the door cannot be opened from the outside.
Emergency Unlocking from Inside
When the whole vehicle is locked, if you need to open the door in an emergency (such as when
the door handle electronic switch fails, or the vehicle is soaked in water), pull the mechanical switch on
the inner door handle once to open the corresponding side door.
Caution车内应急开门-有框车门
When the 12V battery of the vehicle is low on power, the physical emergency key can
only be used to unlock the driver's door. At such times, it cannot be used to unlock the whole
vehicle. The other doors can only be unlocked and opened from the inside.
Neither rear door can be opened from inside when the Child Lock feature is enabled.
They can only be opened from outside once the whole vehicle is unlocked.
In the event of an accident serious enough to trigger airbag deployment, the child
lock for the rear doors will be disabled automatically.
Walk Up Unlock
Walk Up Unlock works when you carry a valid smart key or a mobile phone with the Unlocking and
Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. Without taking out the key, the vehicle will be automatically
unlocked when you are within 1.5 meters from its B-pillar.
To enable or disable this feature, go to the Settings page from control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Walk Up Unlock.
Auto Unlock When In PARK
The vehicle can be automatically unlocked in PARK without using the lock function on the center
display.
If the vehicle was locked automatically by Drive Away Lock (at a speed over 8 km/h), after the
driver stop the vehicle by stepping on the brake pedal and shift into P gear, the vehicle will be
automatically unlocked. After the vehicle is unlocked, the liftgate can be opened from the outside without a
key.
You can configure how the vehicle will be automatically unlocked in PARK on the center display:
go to the Settings page from the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and
Windows Lock > Doors > Auto Unlock When In PARK.
Walk Away Lock
Walk-away lock works when you carry a valid smart key or a mobile phone with the Unlocking and
Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. Without taking out the key, the vehicle will be automatically locked
when you are 3-7 meters away from it. When the vehicle is locked by walk-away lock, a lock confirmation
sound will be produced, the turn lights will flash, and if Auto-Fold When Vehicle is Locked is enabled, the
side mirrors will be folded automatically.
To enable this feature, you can go to the Settings page from control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Walk Away Lock.
Please only use Walk Away Lock in familiar and safe parking areas. After Walk Away Lock is enabled, make
sure to carry a valid smart key or enable the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature on your mobile
phone, and check that the vehicle is successfully locked as you walk away.
Warning离开车辆时请确认车辆已成功自动上锁,保障车内财产安全。
When Walk-Away Lock is turned on, ensure that no child or pet is left in the vehicle so
as to avoid any accidents.
When using Walk-Away Lock, please ensure the vehicle is locked via the lock sound or
visual checks (headlights, side mirrors or the NIO app), so as to protect the property inside your
vehicle.
When there is another authenticated smart key fob in the vehicle or any other condition
for locking is not met (such as a door, the hood, or the liftgate not being closed or turning
Walk-Away Lock off on the center display), Walk-Away Lock will fail.
Please do not place your smart key fob close to a mobile phone, Bluetooth headset, or
other communication devices. Otherwise, the vehicle may be locked by mistake due to signal
interference.
Equipment with a strong magnetic field such as DC chargers or high voltage substations
may interfere with the smart key fob’s signal, which may lock the vehicle by mistake in certain
cases. It is recommended to carry your smart key fob with you to avoid any inconvenience caused by
the unintended locking of the vehicle.
Drive-Away Locking
Your vehicle can automatically lock while driving.
When the vehicle is unlocked and all doors, the front hood, and the tailgate are closed, the
vehicle automatically locks all doors when the driving speed exceeds 8 km/h.
Note车辆由静止到行驶的过程中,只能触发一次自动上锁功能。
Drive Away Locking will only be activated once the vehicle transitions from being stationary to
moving.
Anti-theft Alarm System
Once the vehicle is locked from the outside (including the hood and tailgate) with the smart key,
mobile app, NFC feature or physical emergency key, the anti-theft alarm system will be automatically
activated.
If someone tries to open the door in the absence of a valid smart key (or without valid
authorization), the anti-theft alarm will be activated, and the turn lights and horn will both emit an
alarm. You can unlock the vehicle from outside through the smart key, NIO app, and NFC feature to turn off
the anti-theft alarm.
Door Handle
The outer door handles automatically extend when the vehicle is unlocked. To open the door,
lightly touch the inner side of the door handle for the handle to sense your touch. The door will then
slightly open, and the window will drop slightly, allowing for easy door opening. When closing the door,
simply push it gently to a semi-closed position, and the door will automatically magnetically close,
providing a smooth and pleasant door opening and closing experience.
You can turn the door handle sensing feature on/off on the center display: Enter the Settings
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and
Windows Lock > Doors > E-Latch Door Handles.
The outer door handles retract automatically when the vehicle is locked or the vehicle speed
exceeds 8 km/h.
You can configure the automatic door handle retraction on the center display. Go to the Settings
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and
Windows Lock > Doors > Door Handle Auto-Retraction. After enabling the feature, the door
handles will automatically retract in 20 seconds after the vehicle is unlocked. This will prevent the
accidental contact with pedestrians or unauthorized opening. The door handles can extend again by touching
the sensing area (indicated by the arrow) of the door handle.
When the door automatically closes or the exterior door handles automatically retract, please
ensure that occupants (especially children) keep their hands away from the door handles. Failure to do
so may result in personal injury.
Note若佩戴绝缘手套导致门把手轻触功能失效,可手动轻拉门把手,即可实现开门及降窗操作。
If the door handle fails to extend because you are wearing insulated gloves, you can pull the
door handle slightly to open the door or lower the window.
Caution若外门把手无法展开,可按住对应外门把手前部区域,即可手动展开车外门把手。
If the exterior door handles cannot extend automatically, push the front end of the exterior
door handle to deploy the corresponding handle.
You can open the door from inside by pressing the electronic switch on the corresponding inner
door handle. Press once if the door is unlocked, or press twice if the door is locked, then the
corresponding door will pop open and the window glass will lower slightly.
CautionElectronic switch for the inner door handles
When the vehicle speed is higher than 3km/h, the electronic switch for the inner door
handles will be automatically disabled. Pay attention to driving safety.
The electronic switch for the inner door handles can only be turned on when there is a
need to unbuckle the seat belt.
Easy Entry
After the doors are open, you and your family and friends can enter the vehicle and take a seat.
The vehicle is equipped with various Easy Entry features.
Driver Easy Entry
You can set the most convenient exit position on the center display: When the vehicle is
stationary and put in P gear, and when you open the driver's door intending to get off the vehicle, the
driver seat will automatically move to the exit position you set (including the vertical and horizontal
position of the seat cushion, and the angle of the backrest), and the steering wheel will automatically
move to the topmost position to provide you with convenient access for you to get off, and to get on next
time.
You can turn this feature on/off on the center display: Enter the Settings interface from the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment >
Seat > Driver > Driver Easy Entry. You and the authorized users can set up exit positions
under your respective accounts. After manually adjusting the exit position for the driver seat, tap
Position Adjustment > Seat > Driver > Seat Position Memory > Exit Position, and the current
position setting will be saved under this account. Every time the driver's door is opened or the seat belt
is released (can be set up on the center display), the driver's seat will automatically move to the exit
position saved under this account.
Caution设置离车位置时,请勿将座椅调节至最后、靠背调节过低,避免影响后排乘客使用。
When setting the exit position, do not move the seat to the rearmost position or recline the
backrest to the lowest position. Doing so may adversely affect the rear passengers. You can set the
recommended optimal exit position on the center display.
CautionAfter the driver's easy entry function is enabled, if you sit down in the driver
seat and close the driver door (or press the brake pedal), the driver side seat, steering wheel and
outside rear view mirror will be automatically set to the driving position set in the driver seat
memory page of the central display.
After the driver's easy entry function is enabled, if you sit down in the driver seat and
close the driver door (or press the brake pedal), the driver side seat, steering wheel and outside
rear view mirror will be automatically set to the driving position set in the driver seat memory page
of the central display.
Front Passenger Easy Entry
When the vehicle is stationary and put in P gear, and when you open the front passenger door,
the front passenger seat will automatically move to the default position to provide the front passenger
with an easy entry and exit.
You can turn this feature on/off on the center display: Enter the Settings interface from the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment >
Seat > Passenger > Front Passenger Easy Entry. There are two settings for Easy Entry:
Exit: By unfastening the seat belt or opening the front passenger door (which can be set up
on the center display), the seat will automatically move to the default position; when the passenger
gets on the vehicle and closes the front passenger door, the seat does not move and remains in the
position it was when the passenger got off the last time.
Exit+Entry: By unfastening the seat belt or opening the front passenger door, the seat will
automatically move to the default position; when the passenger gets on the vehicle and closes the
front passenger door, the seat will automatically move to the regular position set under the
corresponding account (to be set up on the center display under Front Passenger Seat > Position
Memory).
Caution开启副驾驶轻松进出功能后,请注意周围环境及后排乘客的安全。
When using Front Passenger Easy Entry, it is recommended that you set the default position
appropriately, and pay attention to the surrounding environment and the safety of any passengers in the
second row.
Liftgate
Opening and Closing the Liftgate by Pressing the Button
When you carry the Smart Key, lightly press the button on the handle of the liftgate to open
it.
During the opening of the liftgate, press+hold the liftgate button for a few seconds, and the
height of the liftgate at that moment can be automatically memorized.
Caution 打开尾门前需清除尾门上的附着物,如雪和冰。否则可能导致尾门打开后再次突然关闭。
Before opening the liftgate, ensure that it is clear of objects such as snow and ice.
Otherwise, the liftgate may suddenly close on its own.
Your vehicle is equipped with a one-button liftgate closing feature.
Press the button on the liftgate to automatically close and lock the liftgate, and you will
hear a click sound to confirm the closure.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate with the Center Display
Swipe right on the left edge of the center display to enter the Quick Access interface, then
tap Rear Trunk to open the liftgate.
Opening the liftgate: Press+hold Press+Hold to Open, and the
liftgate will open automatically.
Closing the liftgate: Press+hold Press+Hold to Close, and the
liftgate will close automatically.
During the opening or closing of the liftgate, tap the liftgate opening or closing button, and
the movement will stop.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate with the Smart Key
Opening the liftgate: Press+hold the liftgate button on the Smart Key, and the liftgate will
open automatically.
Closing the liftgate: Press+hold the liftgate button on the Smart Key, and the liftgate will
close automatically.
Caution如果智能钥匙电量不足,则无法执行该操作,需及时更换电池。
This feature is unavailable when the smart key fob battery is low. Please replace the battery
as soon as possible.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate in the Mobile App
When the vehicle is put in P gear and the doors are closed, you can open the My Vehicle
interface in the NIO mobile App, and tap the Rear Trunk button to open the
liftgate. It will prompt you that rear trunk has been opened. Tap the highlighted Rear Trunk button again to close the rear trunk. If it is blocked during the
closing process, it will prompt you that the rear trunk has failed to close.
Caution只有车辆处于联网状态下,才能执行该操作。
This operation is only available when the vehicle is connected to the Internet.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate by a Kicking Action
When your hands are occupied or it is inconvenient for you to take out the key, you can open
the liftgate by kicking under the rear bumper.
In the middle of the rear bumper, lift a foot up close to the rear bumper and kick the forefoot
into the rear bumper at least 10 centimeters deep, then retract quickly to open the liftgate; or sweep
your forefoot sideways from one side to the other at least 10 centimeters below the rear bumper to open
the liftgate.
You must have your mobile Bluetooth key or Smart Key with you to open the liftgate with a
kicking action.
To avoid accidental opening caused by someone near the rear trunk, you can enter the Settings
interface from the bottom of the center display, tap Doors and Windows Lock >
Hands-Free Liftgate, and turn off the liftgate kick open/close feature.
When kicking transversely, please kick in one direction and do not move back and forth
frequently.
Do not park your feet under the bumper. Otherwise, the liftgate will not be activated.
Do not touch the liftgate before it stops moving.
This feature may be temporarily disabled in situations that include but are not limited to the
following:
Frequent opening and closing.
Extended kicking time.
The kicking is not within the valid detection range.
If the liftgate does not respond, wait a few seconds and try again, or use other methods to
open or close the liftgate.
Caution 车辆需处于静止状态。脚踢的范围大约为车尾中间。
Ensure that the vehicle is stationary.
Ensure that the range of the kicking motion is roughly in the middle of the rear bumper.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate Manually
If the liftgate is not opened/closed properly, you need to manually open/close the liftgate in
a slow and smooth motion.
Warning避免大力快速开闭电动尾门,否则可能会导致组件损坏。
Avoid opening and closing the liftgate vigorously and quickly, as this may result in
component damage.
Anti-pinch Protection of the Liftgate
Your vehicle is equipped with liftgate anti-pinch protection.
If an obstacle restricts the movement of the liftgate during automatic opening or closing, the
opening or closing motion will stop and the anti-pinch feature will be activated.
The opening process is interrupted, the liftgate stops and you will hear a prolonged
audible warning.
The closing process is interrupted, the liftgate stops, a prolonged audible warning, and
the liftgate rises again for a certain distance.
Warning在打开或关闭前,确认无人在尾门旁,以防夹住可能导致人员受伤。
To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating area
before opening or closing the liftgate.
Caution车辆行驶中,请确保尾门处于关闭状态。
Please ensure that the liftgate is closed while your vehicle is in motion.
Window Control
The driver's door panel is equipped with buttons to control all four windows, allowing for
convenient window operation.
Driver's window
Front passenger window
Rear right window
Rear left window
There are also corresponding window buttons on the interior armrests of the other three doors,
which are placed there to make it convenient for passengers to operate the windows.
Toggle the window button forward to control the opening position of the window; quickly
toggle this button forward all the way to the end and release it to fully open the window (one-touch
window down).
Toggle the window button backward to control the closing position of the window; quickly
toggle this button backward all the way to the end and release it to fully close the window (one-touch
window up).
In addition, you can also tap Doors and Windows Lock > Windows
from the center display Settings interface, and select Close, Ajar and Open to control the entire car
windows.
Close: When this feature is turned on, all windows will be
closed.
Open: When this feature is turned on, all windows will be
opened.
Ajar: When this feature is turned on, all windows will be
opened for about 25mm.
Favorite: Press+hold it to remember the current positions of
all windows, and once it is turned on, the windows will move to the memorized positions.
When the vehicle is put in P gear and no one is in the driver's seat, you can control the windows
using the Smart Key: When the doors, hood and liftgate are all closed, press+hold the unlock button on the
Smart Key to lower all the windows; then press+hold the lock button to lift all the windows; during the
lifting or lowering of the windows, release the unlock or lock button to stop the windows at the current
position.
The vehicle's four windows all have anti-pinch protection. When there is a foreign object
blocking the movement of the window, the closing motion will stop and the window will be lowered down again
for a certain distance.
The area subject to anti-pinch protection is shown in the figure below:
When the following situations occur, the anti-pinch protection of the corresponding window will
be temporarily disabled, and the one-touch window up feature will also be disabled (these two features will
be automatically restored after 10 seconds):
When the window ices up and the closing motion is interrupted.
When the closing motion is interrupted three times in a row within a span of 15 seconds due
to anti-pinch protection.
If the automatic window lifting/lowering and anti-pinch protection feature fails (by restarting
after the depletion of the 12V battery, for example), you can re-initialize it as follows:
Toggle the corresponding window button backward to lift the window glass until it rises to
the top.
Release the button and the window glass will drop a little bit. Toggle the button backward
again until the window glass rises to the top.
Press the window button to lower the window glass until it reaches the bottom.
Sunroof and Sunshade
Sunshade Button
Single press the back of the sunshade button firmly to open it. Gently press the back of the
sunshade button to adjust the degree to which the sunshade opens.
Single press the front of the sunshade button firmly to close it. Gently press the front of
the sunshade button to adjust the degree to which the sunshade closes.
Sunroof Button
Single press the back of the sunroof button firmly to open the sunshade halfway. Gently press
the back of the sunroof button to adjust the degree to which the sunroof opens.
Single press the front of the sunroof button firmly to close the sunshade. Gently press the
front of the sunroof button to adjust the degree to which the sunroof closes.
Caution天窗未完全关闭,遮阳帘也不能完全关闭。
The sunroof is not fully closed. The sunshade cannot be fully closed.
Despite the anti-pinch feature of the sunroof and sunshade, do not try it randomly to avoid
injuries caused by malfunctions due to external factors.
Sunshade
The sunshade controls the sunlight and radiation effectively by changing the light transmittance
of the glass sunroof.
The sunshade has three modes: shade, clear, and automatic.
Shade Mode: The glass sunroof has the lowest light transmittance,
which can prevent glare and provide certain heat insulation.
Clear Mode: The glass sunroof offers a clear view of the sky and
has the maximum light transmission.
Automatic Mode: The glass sunroof will automatically switch between
Shade mode and Clear mode based on the light intensity and duration.
You can access the Settings page by tapping the control bar at the bottom of the center display,
and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Windows to select a mode. You can also
switch modes quickly from the rear control display and Quick Access interface, or simply ask Nomi to do it.
In automatic mode, when the external environment is bright and lasts for a few minutes,
the vehicle will automatically switch to shade mode; it will quickly switch back to clear mode once
the external environment has been dark for a few minutes.
The sunshade function has a frequent operation protection mechanism. After several
consecutive operations, it will not respond to the dimming requirement and will resume after 20
seconds.
The operating temperature range of the sunshade is -15℃~65℃.
When the glass temperature is below -15 ℃, the sunshade enters a thermal protection state
so that it remains in its original state and cannot be adjusted temporarily. When the glass
temperature rises to the operating range, the sunshade will resumes its normal use.
When the glass temperature reaches 65 ℃ or above, the sunshade enters a thermal
protection state and can only be manually switched to Automatic Mode or Shade Mode. If the sunshade
is in Transparent Mode and remains in an ultra-high temperature state for a long time (above 85 ℃),
the sunshade will automatically switch to a shade state to reduce heat input and protect your
vehicle. When the glass temperature returns to the operating range, the sunshade will resume its
normal use.
The sunshade will automatically switch to shade mode when the vehicle is locked, and the
settings will be restored when you use the vehicle again.
Charging Instructions
In order to maintain the vehicle in good condition, please promptly charge the vehicle when the
battery level is low.
To avoid accidents, do not charge the vehicle near any flammable gases or liquids and make
sure to charge the vehicle in a ventilated area.
During charging, stay a safe distance from the charger to avoid any risks due to high
voltage. Do not touch the charging connector’s metal pins or the charge port. Doing so may result in
injury.
Minors are prohibited from using the charging equipment or approaching it during charging.
Charging equipment which shows signs of damage, rust, moisture or foreign matter should not
be used for charging the vehicle.
Unauthorized modification or disassembly of the charging connector or equipment is
prohibited.
Please use charging equipment that complies with local standards when charging the vehicle.
Otherwise, it may result in a charging failure or cause damage to the vehicle, the charging equipment,
or personal injury.
Do not charge the vehicle in heavy rain or extreme weather conditions. Doing so may result
in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any
deformation, burn marks, or erosion. If any abnormality is found, do not charge the vehicle.
Otherwise, it may result in damage to the vehicle, the charging device, or personal injury. Please
contact NIO if necessary.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any
dirt or foreign matter. The connector should be kept clean and failure to do so may result in a
charging failure or damage to the vehicle’s charge port.
If the charging equipment malfunctions, please contact the charging equipment manufacturer.
Do not attempt to fix it yourself.
After rain, please check if there is water in the charge port before charging the vehicle.
Do not charge the vehicle when there is an obvious indicator of water in the charge port. Doing so may
result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Do not use high pressure washers to clean the charge port while charging. Doing so may
result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
During fast charging, patients who are dependent on cardiac pacemakers should stay away
from the vehicle in order to avoid electromagnetic interference between the cardiac pacemaker and the
charging equipment. .
If the vehicle has a peculiar smell or emits smoke while charging, stop charging and
contact NIO immediately.
Do not remove the charging connector before charging is completed. Doing so may cause an
electric arc.
Caution环境温度过高或过低时都将影响充电时间,车辆长时间处于低温下将影响电池容量。
If the environmental temperature is too high or too low, the charging time will be affected. If
the vehicle is kept in a low temperature environment for a long period of time, the battery capacity will
be affected.
Charging Operations
You can charge the vehicle on both a private charging post and a public charging post.
Charging Process
Put the vehicle in Park, press the charge port cover to open it, or swipe right on the main
page of the center display to enter Quick Access and tap Charge Port,
and the charge port cover will automatically open. The indicator of the charge port will light up
white steadily.
Do not forcefully adjust the charge port cover when it is active or open. Doing so may
damage the cover.
Check whether the charging connector and charging equipment are in good condition, align
the charger to the charge port of the vehicle, then the charger and the charge port will start
matching: if the indicator of the charge port flashes and then lights up blue, the charge port is
working properly; if the matching fails or times out, the indicator of the charge port will flash blue
and then go out, and you will need to connect the charger again.
Turn the charging equipment on and start charging. You can tap Battery on the Settings page of the center display or use the mobile app to
check the current charging status. The indicator of the charge port should be blue during charging to
indicate that it is charging.
If you are to manually stop charging midway, tap Battery on
the Settings page of the center display after the vehicle is fully unlocked to stop charging, and wait
for the indicator of the charge port to light up green steadily to unplug the charger.
When the charging is completed, press the unlock button of the charger before unplugging
the charger.
Caution进行直流快充过程中,可先将车辆解锁,再长按充电口关闭按钮,即可手动停止充电。
In the process of DC fast charging, you can unlock the vehicle first, and then
press+hold the OFF button at the charging port to manually stop charging.
When inserting and removing the charger, please face the charging socket. If the
charger is stuck, try to lift it slightly. Do not forcibly shake the charger while inserting
or removing it to prevent the charger or charging socket from being damaged.
During the charging process, do not forcefully pull out the charger directly.
Otherwise, there may be sparks and smoke on the charging socket, endangering personal safety.
If the indicator of the charge port flashes red during charging, switch to another charging
post and try again. If the indicator is still flashing red, stop charging immediately and contact the
NIO Service Center.
After unplugging and putting away the charger, press down on the charge port cover, press
the charge port close button, or tap Charge Port on the center display,
and the charge port cover will be automatically closed.
When you charge your vehicle using NIO Power Home, the charge port cover will
automatically open if you remove the charger from the charging post and will automatically close
if you remove the charger from your vehicle. If the charge port cover is
stuck on the charger while rotating to close automatically, press+hold the close button for 5
seconds, and the charge port cover will open automatically.
Unable to Unplug the Charger after Charging
If you are unable to unplug the charger after the vehicle is fully unlocked, try unplugging
charger according to the steps below:
Re-plug in the charger to ensure that the unlock button of the charger pops up, and
re-lock and unlock the whole vehicle, then press and hold the unlock button of the charger for 1 to
2 seconds, wait until the indicator of the charge port lights up green steadily and then unplug the
charger.
Open the rear trunk cover, pull the emergency unlocking cable of the electronic lock of
the charge port, and then try to unplug the charger.
If you still cannot unplug the charger, stop charging immediately and contact the NIO
Service Center.
Battery Level and Charging Display
The status of the current high voltage battery and some warning information related to the
battery can be displayed on the digital instrument cluster.
Current Power Display
It indicates the current power value of the high voltage battery when it provides power or
recovers energy from regenerative braking.
High Voltage Battery Energy Bar
This energy bar indicates the power provided by the high voltage battery; a green energy bar
indicates the power during regenerative braking.
Range
It indicates the remainder range supported by the high voltage battery in the current state.
When the remainder range is less than 60 km (the value is configurable), the icon turns
yellow; when it is less than 10 km, the icon turns red.
Before charging or after stopping the vehicle, you can configure the desired charging settings on
the center display. When the predetermined charge limit is reached, the charging will be automatically
stopped and a reminder will be displayed on the instrument panel, which fulfills the needs of users in
different scenarios and delivers a truly user-friendly charging experience. The charging upper limit of this
function is set to 90% by default; however, you may access the Settings page in the control bar at the
bottom of the center display, and tap Battery to slide the battery in the
vehicle model for adjustment; the adjustment range is 50%-100%.
You can access the Vehicle Information option through the menu button on the right side of the
steering wheel, and view the current and voltage values of the current high voltage battery.
The indicators related to the battery level on the digital instrument cluster are as follows:
Displayed Icon on Instrument Panel
Description
Normal indicator of high voltage battery
This indicator indicates that the current high voltage battery is operating normally.
Low battery indicator of high voltage battery
This indicator indicates that the current high voltage battery is low on power. Please
charge it in time. Please contact the NIO Service Center if necessary.
High voltage battery cut-off warning light
At this time, your vehicle is not energized by the high voltage battery. Please contact
the NIO Service Center if necessary.
Low voltage battery charging fault warning light
If this warning light illuminates, please contact the NIO Service Center immediately.
High voltage battery fault warning light
If this warning light illuminates, please stop the car immediately and contact the NIO
Service Center.
High voltage battery over-temperature warning light
If this warning light illuminates, please stop the car immediately and contact the NIO
Service Center.
Ice- and snow-covered road indicator
This indicator lights up to indicate that the current ambient temperature is too low,
which may affect the performance of the high voltage battery.
Charging cable connected indicator
This indicator lights up to indicate that the charging cable is currently connected.
Battery Preconditioning
The charging speed of high voltage batteries slows down in cold conditions such as winter. When
the Battery Preconditioning function is enabled, the high voltage battery can be warmed up to a certain
extent in advance before the vehicle reaches the energy replenishment point (charging post ) to improve the
charging speed of the vehicle.
On-Route Battery Warmup
The On-Route Battery Warmup function is enabled by default. You can go to the Settings page
from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and select to enter the Battery interface to disable the function. After this function is enabled, when
the destination or waypoint in the navigation state is the charging station , the vehicle will
automatically start the high voltage battery preconditioning on the premise that it can ensure arrival at
the destination, so as to improve the charging efficiency. On-Route Battery Warmup only advances the
battery warming step and does not waste additional charging energy.
In the navigation state, the On-Route Battery Warmup function will be automatically activated
under the following conditions. The current preconditioning status will be displayed on the status bar at
the top of the center display:
The navigation destination or waypoint is a Charging Station , or a service area with a
Charging Station .
The driver is seated.
The current remainder range is more than 120 km.
The vehicle is not in ECO+ mode.
You can manually disable the On-Route Battery Warmup function by selecting "Disable This Time"
(enabled by default next time) or "Keep Disabled".
This function will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch remains on)
in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
Turn off the navigation or stop navigating to the Charging Station .
The current remainder range does not support a preconditioning to the destination with 20
km remaining.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Manual Battery Warmup
The Manual Battery Warmup function is disabled by default. If you are familiar with the
charging route and do not need to follow the navigation guide to the charging point, it is recommended to
enter the Battery interface on the center display in a low temperature
environment and enable the Manual Battery Warmup function. The vehicle will enable the high voltage
battery preconditioning to improve charging efficiency. When starting Manual Battery Warmup, it is
necessary to ensure that the ambient temperature is below 20 ℃ and the vehicle's remainder range is
greater than 10 kilometers.
You can enable or disable the Manual Battery Warmup function on the center display . The status
bar at the top of the center display shows the current preconditioning status.
This function will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch is off now)
in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
The On-Route Battery Warmup function is enabled.
The battery has been warmed up to the set temperature and maintained for 1 hour.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Caution低温充电预热功能激活后,手动充电预热功能不可用。
Activating the battery preconditioning function will increase power consumption to a
certain extent. Please plan your trip in a reasonable manner or use this function appropriately.
After the On-Route Battery Warmup function is activated, the Manual Battery Warmup
function will not be available.
The Manual Battery Warmup function cannot determine the impact of preconditioning on the
range to the destination on its own. Please pay attention closely to whether the current range
supports reaching the destination before activating this function.
Smart Charging
Smart charging can reduce cost in home charging for those users, who have a dynamic or day/night
energy tariff at their home by automatically charging vehicle at cheaper times.
Two types of smart charging as follows:
NIO smart charging: works with every energy provider.
Tibber smart charging: works only with Tibber, user needs to subscribe to their energy
contract.
As NIO smart charging and Tibber smart charging might influence each other, users should have
activated only one smart charging solution per location.
NIO Smart Charging
Feature can be activated in vehicle settings and will be remembered in this location.
How does it work:
User plugs in vehicle at an AC charger, preferred at home.
User activates feature via vehicle settings (Vehicle Settings >
Battery) .
User selects charging strategy:
Dynamic price optimization chooses the cheapest hours to charge
the required energy amount until the end time set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured
time.
User sets time when charging should be done on a daily basis (example 7:30 am). NIO will
create charging plan based on the settings and user information. The vehicle will start and stop
automatically according to the plan.
Dynamic price optimization will start and stop charging to
catch the cheapest hours until the end time that was set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured
time.
If the charging light turns orange, it means that the smart charging reservation is
successful and the car is ready for charging. If the light turns white, it means the charging is
completed.
Vehicle will be done charging the next day at the time that user set.
All the smart charging settings will be saved specifically in each Smart Charging
location. If the users reenters the locations, all the settings will be automatically recovered.
Smart charging function supports the creation of up to 10 locations. Unwanted locations
can be removed on the navigation page - Favorites Management page. This function only activates for
AC charging.
Tibber Smart Charging
User needs to subscribe to the Tibber electricity contract and have a smart meter at home.
Activation is possible with every AC charging station/home charging cable.
How does it work:
User subscribes to Tibber.
User is onboarded by Tibber, opens the App.
User activates the Power-Up "NIO" in the Tibber App.
User logs in once with the NIO credentials.
User sets the departure times per weekday day in Tibber App.
Vehicle charging at the Tibber Home location will be controlled by Tibber from now on.
User can always control the charging in the Tibber App. To stop Tibber from controlling
your vehicle altogether - go to the Power-ups section in the Tibber app and disconnect the NIO
Power-up. Or contact the Tibber support.
Specifically for problems (App doesn't work, charging doesn't work, etc...) or general
questions (how do I sign up, when will my account be active, etc...), please direct them to the local
Tibber.com, which redirects to the local website.
Matrix High Beam Control
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Lights > Exterior Lighting > Matrix High Beams to turn this feature on
or off.
With the Matrix High Beam Control feature turned on, the vehicle will automatically adjust the
high beam shape based on the driving conditions, environmental factors, and the presence of other vehicles
on the road to prevent glare and discomfort to other road users.
Alternatively, you can make manual adjustments using the light control lever located on the left
side of the steering wheel.
The Matrix High Beam Control feature is activated by default every time the vehicle is
started.
Toggle the light control lever forward to turn on the high beam headlights, and the
instrument cluster will display the high beam icon . Toggle forward again to restore the activation of the Matrix High Beam Control feature,
and the instrument cluster will display the corresponding icon .
If the Matrix High Beam Control feature is turned off, when the light control lever is
toggled forward, it will only switch between the high and low beams.
After the light control lever is toggled backward and released, the high beams and the Matrix
High Beam Control are turned off.
Caution只有在打开自动大灯且矩阵远光控制开启时才能使用。
This can only be used when Automatic Headlights are enabled and Matrix High Beam Control is
on.
After the light control lever is moved backward and released, the high beams will flash once.
The feature may not function properly in severe weather conditions such as heavy rain,
snow, or fog, or when the cameras are obstructed. The system may automatically deactivate this
feature when its functionality is compromised.
Matrix High Beam Control is an auxiliary function and susceptible to interference from a
variety of factors. You should always stay focused, pay attention to traffic, road, and vehicle
conditions, and drive safely, to avoid potential accidents.
The headlights and taillights of your vehicle may produce fog, frost, etc. in low temperature
or high humidity environments, which are normal physical phenomena. After your vehicle is parked at room
temperature for a period of time, the fog or frost will disappear.
Adaptive Low Beams
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Lights > Exterior Lighting > Adaptive Low Beams to turn this feature on
or off.
After enabling this feature, the vehicle's low beams and corner lights will automatically adjust
the illumination range and angle based on the vehicle's speed, turning radius, and road conditions. This
includes, but is not limited to, the following scenarios:
At lower speeds, the low beams and corner lights extend their illumination range towards the
sides, enhancing lighting in the nearby area;
As the vehicle speed increases, the low beams focus their illumination range toward the
center, improving the lighting distance;
When the vehicle is traveling on high-speed roads, this feature can further enhance the
lighting distance;
When the vehicle is turning or the turn signal is activated, the corresponding side corner
light illuminates to light up the bend;
When the vehicle is equipped with smart multi-beam headlights, the low beams will follow the
vehicle's turning motion, providing advanced illumination to the distant area of the bend.
Turn Signals
To indicate a left turn: Move the turn signal lever down.
To indicate a right turn: Move the turn signal lever up.
The turn signals go off when the steering wheel returns to its original position or when you move
the control lever back to the middle.
When the turn signals are activated, the corresponding indicator light on the digital instrument
cluster will illuminate, accompanied by a "tick-tock" sound.
Fog Lights
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lights > Exterior Lighting. Press Front Fog
Lights and Rear Fog Lights to turn on/off the corresponding
lights.
Alternatively, swipe right from the left of the center display to enter the Quick Access
interface, and press Front Fog Lights and Rear Fog
Lights to turn on/off the corresponding lights.
Welcome Lighting
When you or an authorized user carries an valid smart key or a mobile phone with the
Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth feature enabled and approaches the vehicle at a maximum distance of about 10
meters, the low beams and position lights will be automatically turned on to welcome you. At this time, the
vehicle will match your account information and automatically retrieve your personalized settings to make
corresponding adjustments in advance before you unlock and open the doors, such as seat settings, air
conditioning settings, media settings, and interior light settings.
Outer Door Handle Courtesy Lights
Each outer door handle is equipped with a door handle courtesy light. The outer door handles will
automatically pop out when the entire vehicle is unlocked, and the outer door handle courtesy lights will be
turned on to illuminate the area around the door for you. The outer door handle courtesy lights will be
turned off when the outer door handles are retracted.
Interior Reading Lights
Auto Control of Reading Lights
When you unlock the whole vehicle or open any door (including the liftgate), the interior
reading lights will automatically light up to illuminate the inside of the vehicle. The reading lights
will be automatically turned off in one of the following situations, by then you can manually turn the
reading lights on by touching the reading light touch switch on the roof:
Driving
Locking the vehicle from the outside
10 minutes after the door is opened
15 seconds after all doors are closed
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Lights > Interior Lighting > Auto Reading Lights to control the
automatic turning on of the reading lights.
Manual Control of Reading Lights
You can turn the interior reading lights on manually to provide lasting illumination for the
passenger compartment for you to tidy up, and read maps or documents. There are touch switches to control
the reading lights on the roof. By touching the reading light switch, you can control the turning on/off
of each reading light separately. There is also a master switch on the center display for controlling all
the reading lights. You can enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Reading Lights to turn
all interior reading lights on/off at the same time with this master switch.
When you lock the vehicle from the outside (using the smart key or mobile app feature), all
interior reading lights will be turned off at the same time.
If the front reading lights are turned on through a separate switch in the headliner,
they cannot be turned on or off through the main reading light switch, and can only be controlled
through the separate switch. If the front reading lights are turned off, the front and rear reading
lights can be turned on or off simultaneously through the main reading light switch.
When your vehicle is not locked externally, if the front reading lights are turned on
manually through the touch switch in the headliner, they will not be turned off automatically and
need to be turned off manually.
Puddle Lights
There is a puddle light under each of the four vehicle doors, providing convenience for entry
and exit at night; there are also two puddle lights on the liftgate to help you see the ground conditions
clearly (such as mud pits, water puddles, etc.) when putting things away.
By opening the door or liftgate, the corresponding puddle light will be turned on. The puddle
light will go out 10 minutes after the door is opened, or when the door is closed.
Smart Ambient Lighting
The vehicle is equipped with adjustable smart ambient lighting on the door panels, storage, and
floor. You can choose your favorite ambient lighting effect to create a pleasant driving experience.
After you are seated, you can enable the ambient lighting feature on the center display. The
vehicle will show the default ambient lighting effect in the current drive mode; go to the Settings page
from the bottom of the center display, and tap Lights > Ambient Lighting
to select the color and brightness for the ambient lighting of different position (main colors, auxiliary
colors, and floor). This setting will be saved in your personal settings. You can also set different
ambient lighting modes, such as Breathing and Rhythmic. This setting will be saved on the center display.
The interior ambient lighting is also linked with the Door Open Warning (DOW) feature. When any
door is about to be opened, the ambient lighting on the corresponding side will turn red.
Illuminated Door Sill Inlays
The illuminated door sill inlays will be automatically turned on upon opening a door, offering a
practical lighting and also an elegant touch to you and your fellow passengers when entering and exiting the
vehicle.
Vanity Mirror Lighting
There are two sun visors on the roof of the vehicle, where a vanity mirror is provided, which can
provide lighting when it is opened.
Follow Me Home
The vehicle is equipped with the “Follow Me Home” feature. When you lock your vehicle and are
ready to leave it at night, the low beams and position lights will be turned on to illuminate the road ahead
for you.
Go to the Settings page from the bottom of the center display, and tap Lights > Exterior Lighting > Follow Me Home to set the duration of the
headlights.
Minimal Lights
When the vehicle is parked, you can go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of
the center display, and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Minimal Lights
to enable the function. All ambient lighting, reading lights, and headlights will be turned off to achieve
"one-click minimal lighting".
If Minimal Lights is manually turned off, the prior lighting configuration will be reinstated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights, ambient lighting or reading lights when Minimal
Lights is active, the Minimal Lights will be automatically disabled.
Full Brightness
To enable the function, navigate to the Settings page via the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Full Brightness. To
assist you in finding objects in the vehicle, all ambient lighting and reading lights will be turned on to
maximum brightness.
If Full Brightness is manually turned off, the prior lighting configuration will be reinstated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights, ambient lighting or reading lights when Full
Brightness is active, the Full Brightness will be automatically disabled.
Soft Glow
To enable the function, navigate to the Settings page via the control bar at the bottom of the
center display and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Soft Glow. To
provide a comfortable sleeping environment, the ambient lighting on the floor inside the vehicle will be
slightly lit in warm yellow, and the ambient lighting and reading lights on the doors and storage will be
turned off.
If Soft Glow is manually turned off, the prior lighting configuration will be reinstated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights, ambient lighting or reading lights when Soft Glow is
active, the Soft Glow will be automatically disabled.
Position Lights
When Position Lights function is activated, the front and rear position lights are kept on.
How to activate:
Method 1: Lock your vehicle after turning on the hazard warning flashers and keep the hazard
warning flashers on
Method 2: Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display
and tap Driving and Parking > Camping Mode to turn on camping mode. The
page off time is set to 10 s; then tap Lights > Exterior Lighting > Position
Lights to set the lights as the position lights . Turn off the air conditioning, music and other equipment in
your vehicle; lock your vehicle after the page is off to keep the exterior front and rear position
lights on.
Note示宽灯开启后对里程有较大损耗,请合理使用。
The activation of the position lights has a significant impact on your range. Please use the
position lights reasonably.
Rear trunk Lighting
The storage space lights come on automatically when the tailgate is opened.
The storage space light switches off automatically when the tailgate is closed or after 10
minutes of being on.
Linking Key Fob to Account
When the vehicle is activated and verified for the first time, the owner’s account will be
linked to the key fob by default. When the vehicle is unlocked with one of the key fobs, the vehicle will
log into the owner’s account automatically.
Owner can also link an authorized user account to a smart key fob by managing the key fob in
the NIO app. When an authorized user unlocks the vehicle using a key fob, the vehicle will log into the
linked user’s account automatically. You can view and delete accounts linked to the key fobs on the NIO
app. After linking or unlinking a account successfully, the vehicle owner and the account owner will
receive a message and an app notification.
NoteBinding between keys and accounts
Only the vehicle owner can modify the binding relationship between the key and the
account. Other NIO accounts must be authorized before they can be bound to the key.
If the vehicle owner stops the authorization, the binding relationship between the
authorized user and the key will be automatically released synchronously.
Guest mode is only applicable to smart keys bound to the vehicle owner's account. When
the vehicle is unlocked with the smart key bound to the authorized user account, the authorized
user information will be loaded automatically.
Switching Accounts
You or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display to load the
corresponding settings (for example, seat, steering wheel, HUD settings,
etc.).
You, a co-user or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display and
load the corresponding settings in either of the following two ways:
When the vehicle is connected to the network, or there is currently no network available
but you have logged in in the past, tap the profile photo on the center display or Account > Switch Accounts in Settings to view a list of all the valid
accounts (including the owner's account, co-user accounts, and authorized user accounts). Tap the
corresponding profile photo or user name to switch to the account, and log in with this account after
verification (by scanning the QR code with the NIO app or entering the verification code received on
your phone). You can also enable Passwordless Login in Accounts > Face ID and
Password for easy login and account switch.
To switch accounts automatically through face recognition, tap your profile photo on the
center display or Settings > Account > Face ID and Password, and
enter face recognition data to enable this feature. After you unlock the vehicle and enter the
driver's seat, look straight ahead, and the vehicle will automatically recognize the corresponding
account information and load the corresponding custom settings. If the recognized user's face doesn't
match the current account, but matches another valid account (for example, this may happen if you've
lent the key fob to a family member), the vehicle will automatically switch the account to match the
current user.
Caution只有在非驾驶状态可以进行切换账户的操作
You can only switch accounts when the vehicle is not being driven.
In Guest Mode, the vehicle will not save any customized settings (such as the driver’s seat
position).
Authorized Unlocking
If you want to lend your vehicle to others, you can authorize users registered on the NIO APP to
use your vehicle. An authorized user can access authorized features by using their NFC key or verified NIO
APP.
Authorization by Owner
You can tap Profile Photo > Account Settings on the Settings
page of the NIO APP or in the upper left corner of the center display, and then enter the gesture password
of your vehicle to go to the authorization management page.
You can authorize a user and set related authorized features by entering his/her NIO APP user
name. Up to nine users can be authorized. After setting the user’s authorization, you can tap the profile
photo or user name of the authorized user to view the user’s detailed information and authorized features
(such as media, video and safe box). If the current authorization is active, you can also edit the range
of authorized access or disable the user’s authorization. An authorized user can only access authorized
features, and cannot manage authorization or set the guest mode.
After the vehicle is locked, if you unlock the vehicle using your smart key, the vehicle will
automatically log in to the owner’s account.
For safety reasons, if you cancel authorization when an authorized user is driving the
vehicle, it won’t take effect until the authorized user stops and locks the vehicle.
If the authorized user has a NIO account, the authorization will take effect immediately
after it is completed. If the authorized user doesn’t have a NIO account, the authorization will become
effective only after the user registers a NIO account.
Unlocking by an Authorized User
An authorized user can unlock the vehicle using his/her NFC key or NIO APP. To view the account
information and authorized features of an authorized user, tap his/her profile photo on the center
display:
NFC unlocking: Open the NFC key App on the mobile phone and place it close to the center
area of vehicle body on the left side.
Remote unlocking by NIO APP: Tap “Door Locks” on the “My Vehicle” page in NIO APP.
Guest Mode
If you want to lend the vehicle to others by giving them a smart key fob, tap your profile photo
on the center display and choose Guest Mode to protect your privacy (e.g. navigation history, contacts,
videos, photos). Only default features such as climate control, weather and navigation (with no access to
History or Favorites) are available to guests.
With the Guest Mode on, the vehicle will show the features exclusive to the Guest Mode after the
vehicle user unlocks and enters the vehicle by using the smart key. To exit the Guest Mode, enter the
gesture password of the vehicle.
You can only set Guest Mode when the vehicle is not being driven.
If a smart key fob is linked to the owner’s account and your vehicle is not in Guest Mode,
the vehicle will automatically log into the owner’s account when a user unlocks the vehicle using a
smart key fob.
Service Authorization
You or an authorized user can send a service request to NIO on the NIO app. NIO manages and
authorizes service specialists to temporarily access the vehicle and conduct the requested service (e.g. One
Click for Power). NIO retrieves the authorization after the service is completed.
After obtaining authorization, service specialists can unlock the vehicle using an NFC key within
a specified time frame and use authorized features. The center display shows the account information of the
authorized service specialist and the authorized features available to them. Authorized service specialists
cannot manage authorization, set Guest Mode, link the vehicle to a key fob, or switch accounts.
After the service is completed, all doors and the liftgate should be locked. If a door or the
liftgate is not locked, you will be notified on the NIO app.
Driver’s Seat Position Memory Adjustment
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Seat > Driver > SEAT POSITION MEMORY to configure
your personalized settings. According to the preferences set for the user account, the vehicle will
automatically adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel, side mirrors, and HUD
height to the corresponding user's habitual state. After adjusting the front passenger seat
forward or backward or its backrest position with the buttons on it, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Exit on the driver's seat memory interface on the center
display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the
corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the
button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface. The vehicle will automatically adjust
the seat to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the
driver’s seat), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the
driver’s memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the
user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节座椅位置,防止发生意外事故。
To prevent accidents, do not adjust your seat position while driving.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are
unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to
avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display
to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Front Passenger Seat Position Memory Adjustment
Before using the front passenger seat memory function, you are required to put the vehicle in P
gear. Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Seat > Front Passenger > SEAT POSITION MEMORY, and
configure your personalized settings on this page (default position cannot be changed). After adjusting the
position of the front passenger seat with the buttons on it, you can press the button Regular/Alternate/Rest/Default on the front passenger seat memory interface on the
center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the
corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the front passenger seat, press the button of the corresponding position
on the front passenger seat memory interface, and the vehicle will automatically adjust the seat to the
latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the front passenger seat position again during use of the vehicle, tap the
Save button of the corresponding position on the front passenger seat memory
interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the user's personal
account to replace the original settings.
Caution进行副驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe
environment, the seat is clear of obstacles, the footrest is stowed, and the rear seat is unoccupied.
Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the
headliner.
Steering Wheel Position Memory Adjustment
You can go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > SEAT POSITION MEMORY to configure
your personalized settings. After adjusting the position of the steering wheel with the buttons on it, you
can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Exit on the driver's seat memory
interface on the center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified
settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the
button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the steering wheel will be
automatically adjusted to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the
steering wheel), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the
driver’s memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the
user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
To prevent accidents, do not adjust the position of your steering wheel while driving.
Improper adjustment of the steering wheel position or an improper sitting posture can cause
injury. It is recommended that the distance between the steering wheel and your chest be no less than
25 centimeters.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are
unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to
avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display
to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Side Mirrors Position Memory Adjustment
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Position Memory to configure your
personalized settings. After adjusting the position of the side mirrors, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Exit on the driver's seat memory interface on the center
display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the
corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the
button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the side mirrors will be
automatically adjusted to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the
side mirrors), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the
driver’s memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the
user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
To prevent accidents, do not adjust the side mirrors while driving.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a
safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are
unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to
avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display
to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
When reversing the vehicle, the side mirrors can automatically tilt downward to provide a clear
view of the ground. To enable this function, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of
the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Auto-Tilt When
Reversing. After tilting down, the position of the side mirrors can be adjusted. The newly
adjusted position will be automatically saved to the user's personal account (no need to set it on memory
interface on the center display). When the user reverses the vehicle next time, the side mirrors will
automatically tilt down to this position. When exiting R gear, the side mirrors will be adjusted to the
driving position of the driver's memory interface.
When the side mirrors are automatically tilting to a saved position, if you adjust a side
mirror manually, the side mirrors will stop tilting and save the new position to the corresponding
account.
Driver Seat Adjustment
Adjusting the Seat Position via Buttons
The driver seat has 16 electrically adjustable positions, including four for lumbar support.
Front Inclination Angle Adjustment of the Seat Cushion
Rotate the button to adjust the seat cushion's front inclination angle.
Adjusting the Seat Forward and Backward
Toggle the button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Seat Height Adjustment
To raise or lower the seat, toggle the center portion of this button up or down.
Seat Cushion Length Adjustment
To adjust the length of the seat cushion, press this button on the matching end.
Backrest Adjustment
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat
backrest.
Lumbar Support Adjustment
To adjust the lumbar support, press the up, down, left, or right button.
Custom Comfort Button
Press the Middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the Middle button
to save the seat's current comfort options.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。
The default function of the customizable comfort button is massage or back stress
relief.
Press+hold the customizable comfort button to memorize the comfort function the seat is
running including type, level and mode.
The comfort customization button can be used to memorize 2 comfort functions, but
mutually exclusive comfort functions cannot be memorized at the same time, such as heating and
ventilation functions, massage and relief functions. If there is a heating function for your
steering wheel, it can also be memorized by the comfort customization button.
If a comfort function is running, press the customizable comfort button to turn it off.
Make sure there is a safe space around the seat and any rear children, passengers,
pets, etc., before you make any adjustments to the seat (i.e. move the seat forward/backward,
adjust the seat’s height or backrest, etc.). Avoid the risk of crushing and bumping rear children,
passengers, pets, etc.
Before adjusting your seat (forward and backward, height, backrest, leg rest, etc.),
please ensure that there is a sufficient safety space in the surrounding environment to avoid
deformation and fracture risks caused by compression and collision with surrounding components
(foot rest, leg rest, seat cup holder, armrest, etc.) during the seat adjustment process.
Adjust the driver's seat position, headrest, etc. while your vehicle is parked. While
the vehicle is in motion, adjustments to the seat or other parts of the vehicle can pose safety
risks.
During the seat adjustment process (moving it forward or backward, adjusting the seat’s
height or backrest, etc.), avoid putting hands or other body parts in the seat's range of motion
to prevent potential pinching or collision.
After seat position adjustment, please ensure the seat is locked.
Ensure that children do not make any adjustments to the seats, as doing so may result
in a risk of being pinched.
With Easy Entry and Exit on, make sure there is sufficient safe space in both the front
and rear rows for children, passengers, and pets. Take precautions to avoid crushing or bumping
when adjusting the seat.
Please wait until Easy Entry and Exit has been completed before starting the vehicle.
Performing any operation at this time may lead to the loss of vehicle control and cause an
accident.
It is recommended to turn off Easy Entry and Exit if children frequently occupy the
back row.
Before starting your vehicle, please ensure that your seat is adjusted to its
recommended position (refer to the recommended sitting posture and seat position in the User
Manual).
Controlling the Seat on the Center Display
You can control the movement of the driver's seat on the center display.
On the driver's seat control interface of the center display, tap the Position, Backrest and
Cushion control arrows to adjust the position of the driver's seat, the reclining of the backrest and the
position of the seat cushion respectively.
The center display provides six position options: Driving position, rest position, exit
position, other position, alternate position and reclining position. Every position needs to be set up by
you, with the exception of the reclining position.
Setting up a Memory Position as follows:
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Seat > Driver to set up the position of the
driver's seat on this interface.
You can adjust the seat position through the seat buttons or on the center display to set up
personalized positions in different scenarios by pressing the Drive/Rest/Exit/Alternate/Other button on the interface, and the settings will be
saved under the corresponding user account. When you need to update a set position, adjust the seat and
save it again.
Recommended Sitting Posture and Seat Position for the Driver
To minimize potential risks and ensure your safety, please adjust the seat as follows before
driving:
Move the seat back and forth into a position where you can easily floor the accelerator and
brake pedals.
Adjust the seat backrest so that you can sit straight and fit your back completely on the
backrest, but the backrest must not recline too much.
Adjust the height of the seat to an appropriate position where you can comfortably put both
hands on the steering wheel.
Adjust the steering wheel so that there is at least 25cm of distance between your chest and
the steering wheel.
Adjust the headrest so that the center of the headrest is flush with your eyes.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between your neck and shoulder. Fit the lap belt
tightly across your hip joints (not abdomen).
While operating the vehicle, you should avoid the following actions as they may cause safety
risks:
Do not put certain types of seat covers on the seats or modify the upholstery yourself.
In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously limit the
deployment of side airbags, significantly reducing the protection of occupants and increasing the
risk of injury.
Do not place objects under seats as they may pose a safety risk during the seat
adjustment or in the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration.
Do not hang objects (such as clothes hangers) from seats or headrests as they may
increase the risk of injury in the event of a vehicle collision or sudden acceleration or
deceleration.
Only one person can ride in each seat while the vehicle is in motion. Do not allow
infants or children to share seats and seat belts with adults. Do not hold infants or let children
sit on the laps of adults. Otherwise, safety risks can occur in the event of a collision or sudden
acceleration or deceleration, resulting in injuries to passengers and especially children.
Do not exchange the front and rear headrests. Otherwise, the headrests cannot be adjusted
to their correct height and position. This will increase the risk of head and neck injuries in the
event of an accident or emergency braking.
If the seat backrest is reclined too much when driving, serious injury may occur in the
event of a collision. Please refer to the recommended correct seat positions.
People with limited pain sensitivity due to disease or age should use the temperature
control system and heat function with caution to avoid potential frostbite caused by long-term use.
Do not use non-driving seat positions such as Comfortable Reclining Position while your
vehicle is in motion (please refer to the recommended positions for sitting postures and seat
positions during driving). In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, this
can increase the risk of injuries or serious injuries.
Front Passenger Seat Adjustment
Adjusting the Seat Position via Buttons
The front passenger seat can be electrically adjusted to 16 positions, including 4 positions
for lumbar support.
Front Inclination Angle Adjustment of the Seat Cushion
Rotate the button to adjust the seat cushion's front inclination angle.
Adjusting the Seat Forward and Backward
Toggle the button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Seat Height Adjustment
To raise or lower the seat, toggle the center portion of this button up or down.
Seat Cushion Length Adjustment
To adjust the length of the seat cushion, press this button on the matching end.
Backrest Adjustment
Toggle the upper end of the button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the backrest.
Lumbar Support Adjustment
To adjust the lumbar support, press the up, down, left, or right button.
Custom Comfort Button
Press the middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the middle button
to save the seat's current comfort settings.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。无女王副驾
The default function of the customizable comfort button is massage or back stress
relief.
Press+hold the customizable comfort button to memorize the comfort function the seat
is running including type, level and mode.
The comfort customization button can be used to memorize 2 comfort functions, but
mutually exclusive comfort functions cannot be memorized at the same time, such as heating and
ventilation functions, massage and relief functions.
If a comfort function is running, press the customizable comfort button to turn it
off.
While operating the vehicle, you should avoid the following actions as they may cause
safety risks:
Make sure there are no obstructions in the space around the seat and no chance of
injuring any children, passengers, and pets in the back seats before you make any adjustments to
the seat (move the seat forward/backward or adjust the seat’s height or backrest). Be sure not to
crush or strike any children, passengers, or pets in the back seats.
Before adjusting your seat (forward and backward, height, backrest, or leg rest
adjustments), ensure that there are no obstacles around the seat to avoid any damage to the seat
caused by compression or collision with surrounding components (footrests, leg rests, cup holders,
armrests, etc.) during seat adjustment.
Be sure to park before adjusting the passenger seats, headrests, and other parts. While
the vehicle is in motion, adjustments to the seat or other parts of the vehicle can pose a risk of
injury.
When adjusting the seat (moving it forward or backward, adjusting the seat height or
backrest, etc.), ensure hands and other body parts are not in the seat's range of motion to
prevent potential pinching or collision.
After seat position adjustment, ensure the seat is locked in place.
Ensure that children do not make any adjustments to the seats, as doing so may result
in a risk of injury.
When Easy Entry is enabled, make sure there is sufficient clearance in both the front
and rear seats for children, passengers, and pets. Take precautions to avoid any risk of crushing
or striking when adjusting the seat.
Wait until Easy Entry has been completed before starting the vehicle. Performing any
operation at this time may lead to the loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.
We recommend you disable Easy Entry if children frequently occupy the back row.
Do not use non-driving positions such as One-click Recline or Zero Gravity during
vehicle operation (please refer to the recommended sitting posture and seat position during
driving). In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, this can increase
the risk of injuries or serious injuries.
Before starting your vehicle, please ensure that your seat is adjusted to its
recommended position (refer to the User Manual for the recommended sitting posture and seat
position during driving).
Adjusting the Seat Position via Buttons
The front passenger seat can be electrically adjusted to 16 positions, including 4 positions
for lumbar support.
Footrest Adjustment
To adjust the opening of the footrest, toggle the center of the button up or down.
Adjusting the Seat Forward and Backward
Toggle the button back and forth to move the seat forward or backward.
Seat Height Adjustment
To raise or lower the seat, toggle the center portion of this button up or down.
Leg Support Adjustment
To expand or retract the leg support, press the button on the matching end.
Backrest Adjustment
Toggle the upper end of the button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the backrest.
Lumbar Support Adjustment
To adjust the lumbar support, press the up, down, left, or right button.
Custom Comfort Button
Press the middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the middle button
to save the seat's current comfort settings.
One-click Comfort
To shift the seat to the zero-gravity position, press the button once. Press the button to
pause while the seat is moving, then press again to resume.
To return the seat to its initial position, press+hold the button.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。女王副驾
By default, the Custom Comfort button is set to massage or back relax.
Press+hold the Custom Comfort button to set it to the comfort feature the seat is
currently running (including the type, level, and mode currently in use).
The Custom Comfort button can be set to 2 comfort features simultaneously, provided
they are not mutually exclusive, such as Heating and Ventilation or Massage and Relax.
If a comfort feature is running, press the Custom Comfort button to turn it off.
The One-press Comfort button is set to the zero gravity position by default, but you
can set it to other positions from the Center Display.
While operating the vehicle, you should avoid the following actions as they may cause
safety risks:
Make sure there are no obstructions in the space around the seat and no chance of
injuring any children, passengers, and pets in the back seats before you make any adjustments to
the seat (move the seat forward/backward or adjust the seat’s height or backrest). Be sure not to
crush or strike any children, passengers, or pets in the back seats.
Before adjusting your seat (forward and backward, height, backrest, or leg rest
adjustments), ensure that there are no obstacles around the seat to avoid any damage to the seat
caused by compression or collision with surrounding components (footrests, leg rests, cup holders,
armrests, etc.) during seat adjustment.
Be sure to park before adjusting the passenger seats, headrests, and other parts. While
the vehicle is in motion, adjustments to the seat or other parts of the vehicle can pose a risk of
injury.
When adjusting the seat (moving it forward or backward, adjusting the seat height or
backrest, etc.), ensure hands and other body parts are not in the seat's range of motion to
prevent potential pinching or collision.
After seat position adjustment, ensure the seat is locked in place.
Ensure that children do not make any adjustments to the seats, as doing so may result
in a risk of injury.
When Easy Entry is enabled, make sure there is sufficient clearance in both the front
and rear seats for children, passengers, and pets. Take precautions to avoid any risk of crushing
or striking when adjusting the seat.
Wait until Easy Entry has been completed before starting the vehicle. Performing any
operation at this time may lead to the loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.
We recommend you disable Easy Entry if children frequently occupy the back row.
Do not use non-driving positions such as One-click Recline or Zero Gravity during
vehicle operation (please refer to the recommended sitting posture and seat position during
driving). In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, this can increase
the risk of injuries or serious injuries.
Before starting your vehicle, please ensure that your seat is adjusted to its
recommended position (refer to the User Manual for the recommended sitting posture and seat
position during driving).
Controlling the Seat on the Center Display
You can control the front passenger seat on the center display.
On the front passenger seat control interface, tap the control arrows for Position, Backrest
and Footrest to adjust the front passenger seat position, the reclining of the backrest and the seat
cushion position respectively.
The center display provides six options: The default position, regular position, rest,
relaxation, zero gravity and alternate position. You can set the regular position, rest and alternate
position as needed, but zero gravity is only available for vehicles with the optional lounge seat.
Setting up a Memory Position as follows:
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Seat > Front Passenger, and configure the position of the front passenger seat on this interface.
After adjusting the seat position through buttons or on the center display, you can press the
button Regular/Rest/Alternate on the interface to set up personalized
positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
When you need to update a set position, adjust the seat and save it again.
Controlling the Seat on the Rear Control Display
Rear passengers can control the front passenger seat on the rear control display.
On the rear control display, swipe down from the top to enter the Quick Access interface, and
tap Stow Front Passenger Seat or Restore Front Passenger Seat.
Stow Front Passenger Seat: The front passenger seat moves to the foremost position.
Restore Front Passenger Seat: The front passenger seat returns to the default position.
Recommended Sitting Posture and Seat Position for the Front Passenger
To minimize potential risks and ensure your safety, please adjust the seat as follows before
driving:
Move the seat forward or backward to a position where you can place your feet in the
footwell.
Adjust the seat backrest so that you can sit straight and fit your back completely on the
backrest, but the backrest must not recline too much.
Adjust the headrest so that its center is flush with your eyes.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between your neck and shoulder. Fit the lap belt
tightly across your hip joints (not abdomen).
While operating the vehicle, you should avoid the following actions as they may cause safety
risks:
Do not put certain types of seat covers on the seats or modify the upholstery yourself.
In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously limit the
deployment of side airbags, significantly reducing the protection of occupants and increasing the
risk of injury.
Do not place objects under seats as they may pose a safety risk during the seat
adjustment or in the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration.
Do not hang objects (such as clothes hangers) from seats or headrests as they may
increase the risk of injury in the event of a vehicle collision or sudden acceleration or
deceleration.
Only one person can ride in each seat while the vehicle is in motion. Do not allow
infants or children to share seats and seat belts with adults. Do not hold infants or let children
sit on the laps of adults. Otherwise, safety risks can occur in the event of a collision or sudden
acceleration or deceleration, resulting in injuries to passengers and especially children.
Do not exchange the front and rear headrests. Otherwise, the headrests cannot be adjusted
to their correct height and position. This will increase the risk of head and neck injuries in the
event of an accident or emergency braking.
If the seat backrest is reclined too much when driving, serious injury may occur in the
event of a collision. Please refer to the recommended correct seat positions.
People with limited pain sensitivity due to disease or age should use the temperature
control system and heat function with caution to avoid potential frostbite caused by long-term use.
Do not use non-driving seat positions such as Comfortable Reclining Position while your
vehicle is in motion (please refer to the recommended positions for sitting postures and seat
positions during driving). In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, this
can increase the risk of injuries or serious injuries.
Warning副驾驶座椅请勿让儿童单独乘坐或怀抱儿童乘坐等以下图示行为:
The behaviors shown in the following figure are not allowed, such as letting a child ride
alone or holding a child in the front passenger seat:
Rear Seat Adjustment
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat
backrest.
Backrest Adjustment
Toggle the upper end of this button back and forth to adjust the reclining of the seat
backrest.
Custom Comfort Button
Press the middle button to turn on or off the comfort feature; press+hold the middle
button to save the seat's current comfort settings.
Caution舒适自选键跟车记忆的功能默认为按摩或背部舒缓。后排
By default, the Custom Comfort button is set to massage or back relax.
Press+hold the Custom Comfort button to set it to the comfort feature the seat is
currently running (including the type, level, and mode currently in use).
The Custom Comfort button can be set to 2 comfort features simultaneously, provided
they are not mutually exclusive, such as Heating and Ventilation or Massage and Relax.
If a comfort feature is running, press the Custom Comfort button to turn it off.
Recommended Sitting Posture and Seat Position for the Rear Passengers
To minimize potential risks and ensure your safety, please adjust the seat as follows before
driving:
Lock the backrest in an upright position.
Adjust the headrest so that its center is flush with your eyes.
Adjust the seat backrest so that you can sit straight and fit your back completely on the
backrest, but the backrest must not recline too much.
Place your feet in the footwell in front of the rear seats.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between your neck and shoulder, and tightly wrap the
lap part of the seat belt around your hip joint (not your abdomen).
When driving with children in your vehicle, use appropriate child safety seats to protect
children. See the chapter on child safety seats for details.
Reclining the Backrest of the Rear Seat
Pull the mechanical handle of the seat backrest to unlock the backrest and then turn the
backrest flat forward to recline the seat backrest.
When folding down the backrest of a rear seat, ensure that no objects are on the seat
and its seat belt is not fastened. Failure to do so may result in damage to the third row seats.
Ensure that the seat is locked before you start the vehicle (forward and backward,
height, backrest, etc.). Otherwise, it may pose a potential risk of personal injury. (For example,
if the rear seats are not fully locked after their backrests have been unfolded, it may increase
the risk of personal injury in case of accidents or sudden acceleration or deceleration.)
Do not sit on folded seats (for example, rear seats that are folded down) when the
vehicle is moving. Otherwise, it may pose a risk of personal injury or death in case of collision
and sudden acceleration or deceleration.
When adjusting a rear seat backrest, ensure that the seat belt is not twisted or stuck
in the backrest. Otherwise, the seat belt may be damaged and therefore pose a safety risk.
WarningDo not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on seats or headrests.
Otherwise, the risk of injury may be increased in the event of a vehicle collision or sudden
acceleration and deceleration.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on seats or headrests. Otherwise,
the risk of injury may be increased in the event of a vehicle collision or sudden acceleration and
deceleration.
Only one person can ride in one seat position while the vehicle is being driven. Please
do not let an infant or a child share the same seat and seat belt with an adult. Please do not let
an infant or a child sit on an adult's lap. Otherwise, safety risks can occur in the event of
collision, rapid acceleration and deceleration, resulting in injuries to passengers, infants,
children, etc.
People with limited pain perception due to disease or age shall use the temperature
control system and seat heating function with caution to prevent potential low-temperature burns
caused by long-term use.
WarningRear seat passengers shall not behave in the following ways:
Rear seat passengers shall not behave in the following ways:
Seat Headrest Adjustment
Front Seat Headrest Adjustment
Press the side button of the front seat headrest to manually adjust the headrest
upward/downward/forward/backward.
Rear Seat Headrest Adjustment
Press the right button underneath the headrest to raise and lower the headrest. A "click" sound
indicates that the headrest is securely locked in place after reaching the desired position.
The seat headrest is not intended for use in its lowest position. Prior to use, it is necessary
to raise and securely lock the headrest in place.
WarningTo provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate
height according to the occupant's height.
To provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate height
according to the occupant's height.
Do not use the headrest when it is at its lowest position. To use it, pull the headrest
upwards and ensure it is locked into place.
Adjust the seat headrest, and make sure that the headrest center and the occupant's
eyes are on the same level.
When the headrest is removed, do not drive the vehicle. In case of collision, sudden
acceleration or deceleration, seats without headrests may not provide sufficient protection to the
head, leading to serious consequences.
Stowing Front Passenger Seat
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat > Stow Front Passenger Seat,
and the front passenger seat will move to its foremost position.
Slide to the Seat Adjustment interface on the rear control display and tap Stow Front Passenger Seat, and the front passenger seat will also move to its
foremost position. Tap Restore Front Passenger Seat, and the front passenger
seat will be restored to its default position.
Seat Massage
Both the front and rear seats include an optional lower back massage feature that is turned
off by default. Enter the Comfort Panel interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, tap the Seats > Massage and select the desired massage mode
(Mode 1, Mode 2, Mode 3, Mode 4, and Mode 5) and massage intensity (Level 1, Level 2).
Mode 1: Gentle
Mode 2: Rolling
Mode 3: Dynamic
Mode 4: Lower Back
Mode 5: Upper Back
Level 1: Weak
Level 2: Strong
The massage will stop automatically if the massage mode is not changed after 20 minutes.
Caution若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭。
If a passenger leaves his/her seat for more than 30 seconds during the operation of this
function, this function will be turned off.
Seat Heating
The heating feature on the seats is turned off by default. Enter the Comfort Panel interface from
the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Seats > Heat to
turn on the Heat feature for the corresponding seat and select the level. There are three levels of heating
available to gradually warm up the seat to the preset level within 10 minutes and maintain that temperature
thereafter.
Smart Seat Heating: This feature is
turned off by default. After the feature is turned on, it will automatically activate when the ambient
temperature falls below 12℃ and the interior temperature is below 10℃. The lower the ambient temperature,
the longer the heating will last.
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when
the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will
resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off;
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should
use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature
burns due to prolonged use.
Seat Ventilation
The ventilation feature is available as an optional add-on for both the front and rear seats. By
default, it is turned off. Enter the Comfort Panel interface from the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, tap Seats > Ventilation to
turn on the feature for the corresponding seat. There are three levels of ventilation available.
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when
the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will
resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Pressure Relax Seat
The lower back relax feature is available on the front seats. You can go to the Comfort Panel
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Seats >
Relax, and select your desired relax mode.
Mode 1: Upper back relax.
Mode 2: Middle back relax.
Mode 3: Lower back relax.
Mode 4: Circular relax from upper to lower back.
Once activated, each mode will run for a cycle of 20 minutes before automatically shutting off.
Caution若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭。
If a passenger leaves his/her seat for more than 30 seconds during the operation of this
function, this function will be turned off.
Front Storage
You have access to several practical storage areas in the vehicle that you can utilize to keep
your daily necessities.
Warning储物空间内禁止放置易燃、易爆、易飞溅的物品,储物时请盖紧盒盖。
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the
storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Door Storage
Each door has a storage compartment located at the lower part, designed for storing items. It
is equipped with door storage lighting, which illuminates the storage space during nighttime, low light
conditions, or when the position lights are turned on.
Caution在门板下方储物时,请勿放置过大尺寸或尖锐的物品,以免门板结构和表面受到损伤。
Do not place oversized or sharp items in the lower storage compartment of the door panel to
prevent damage to the structure and surface of the door panel.
Cup Holder
The central armrest features two cup holders specifically designed for holding beverages.
Do not put any hot beverages in an open container. A spill can increase the risk of
injury.
Do not place any fragile items, or they may cause injury when broken.
Center Console Open Storage
The open storage area under the center console can be used for temporary storage of some
non-essential items, and a 12V power supply at the back can be used to charge the passengers' electronic
devices.
Rear Storage
Rear Doors
The rear seats of the vehicle feature convenient storage spaces. There are storage spaces
located on both sides of the rear doors, suitable for holding beverages or other items. These storage
spaces are equipped with door storage lighting, to illuminate during nighttime, low-light conditions, or
when the position lights are turned on.
Caution在门板下方储物时,请勿放置过大尺寸或尖锐的物品,以免门板结构和表面受到损伤。
Do not place oversized or sharp items in the lower storage compartment of the door panel to
prevent damage to the structure and surface of the door panel.
There are coat hooks located beside both rear doors, allowing for the tidy placement of
clothing items.
Warning 请勿在门边衣帽钩处悬挂任何硬物(如衣架、水果、玻璃瓶等),以免造成意外伤害。
Please do not hang any hard objects (such as hangers, fruits, glass bottles) on the
hat-and-coat hook near the door to prevent accidental injury.
Rear Central Armrest
When the rear middle seat is unoccupied, you can fold down the central armrest on the backrest
to reveal the cup holders and additional storage space.
The storage provides a USB Type-C port for charging mobile devices. If the optional N-BOX
feature is installed, the storage will not be equipped with any USB Type-C ports.
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing
in the storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Do not place any heavy, sharp, or fragile objects on the armrest when driving. In case
of collision, sudden acceleration, or deceleration, these objects may fly out, adding to the risk
of injury.
Safety Storage Box
Storage Box Mode
The safety storage box is in the Storage Box Mode by default. In this mode, the safety storage
box is not locked, and its flip cover can be opened through the buttons on the left and right sides of the
central armrest:
Storage box buttons
Press the button to open the flip cover. It can be used to store mobile phones, tissues and
other items (both left and right buttons can open the cover).
Storage box USB Type C port (60W)
High-speed transmission port for charging mobile devices, not supporting data transmission.
Storage box USB Type A port (2.5W)
Ordinary transmission port for data transmission such as USB media audio source, Digital
Video Recorder (DVR) video export, microphone access, etc.
Storage box buttons
Press the button to open the flip cover. It can be used to store mobile phones, tissues and
other items (both left and right buttons can open the cover).
Storage box USB Type C port (60W)
High-speed transmission port for connecting AR glasses and charging mobile devices, not
supporting data transmission.
Storage box USB Type C port (60W)
High-speed transmission port for connecting AR glasses and charging mobile devices, not
supporting data transmission.
Safe Box Mode
Swipe right on the main interface of the center display to enter the Quick Access interface,
and tap Safe Box. When the Safe Mode is turned on for the first time, a
pop-up window for setting the password will pop up on the center display, and you need to set a password
to finish setting up Safe Box Mode.
Once set, you need to enter the password on the center display to unlock the safety storage
box, then you can open the flip cover through the buttons on both sides of the central armrest.
Mode Switch
To switch between the two modes of the safety storage box: Enter the Settings interface from
the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Security > Armrest
Box to switch between Storage Box Mode and Safe Box Mode.
You can load goods into the rear trunk's storage area after the liftgate is open.
The storage space in the rear trunk is divided into two levels: Above and below the partition.
You may fold down the back seats to increase your storage capacity.
Caution存放液体物品时需注意密封保管,以免液体渗漏对车辆造成损坏。若发生渗漏,请及时清理。
When storing liquids in the vehicle, ensure that the container is sealed. Spills or leakages
may damage the vehicle. If a spill or leakage occurs, please clean up the liquid as soon as possible.
Load Retaining Ring
The load retaining ring is used to tie nets or ropes to secure items. There are two on each
side of the rear trunk.
Note载荷固定扣环的承重大约为 450 千克。
The load capacity of a load anchoring eyelet is approximately 450 kg.
Objects that are not secured or improperly secured may slide around, turn over or be
thrown around in the cabin, which may result in injury to occupants. Sudden braking or turns may
increase the risk of injury.
Ensure that all objects are properly stored in the vehicle to avoid them being thrown
around. Ensure that all objects are securely fastened before driving to avoid objects sliding
around or turning over. Ensure that large or heavy objects are properly secured with belts or
straps.
Rear Trunk 12V Power Supply
The 12V power supply is located on the left side of the rear trunk and can provide power to
external devices as needed.
Hitched Trailer
Towing Accessory
The vehicle towing kit is a spherical coupling with the national standard ECR R55, which can
support towing accessories (such as trailer, caravan, bicycle).
The spherical coupling is designed to support a vertical load of up to 75 kg. When carrying
bicycles or other items in the towing device, always check to ensure that the maximum weight is not
exceeded. When calculating the weight, please remember to include the weight of the accessory bracket. For
example, if the weight of the carrier is 14 kg, it is sufficient to carry two bicycles with a weight of
about 20 kg each or four bicycles with a weight of about 10 kg each for the weight threshold.
CautionThe vehicle towing device is designed to bear a maximum weight of 100 kg.
Exceeding this maximum weight may cause serious damage to the device.
The vehicle towing device is designed to bear a maximum weight of 75 kg. Exceeding
this maximum weight may cause serious damage to the device.
Do not attempt to install an accessory carrier on the vehicle without a towing kit.
Otherwise, significant damage may be incurred.
Towing a trailer and carrying accessories will increase the weight and resistance of the
vehicle, so the driving range may be significantly reduced with a trailer. Although the vehicle range
calculator tries to adjust the range estimate according to the Trailer Mode, the actual energy consumption
may vary. You need to plan your travel distance and destination reasonably.
To install and use the accessory bracket, the towing device must be connected. Then follow the
instructions provided with the accessory bracket. You need to comply with all regulations and legal
requirements applicable to carrying accessories. The vehicle towing kit includes the wiring of the lights
required for the accessory bracket.
When towing accessories, verify regularly that the accessory bracket and its goods are always
in a safe state, and also verify that the lights on the accessories work properly (if any).
It is recommended that you purchase your vehicle accessories from the NIO website. Please
purchase third-party products compliant with national standards if necessary. NIO recommends and
supports products approved by NIO. Before installing any non-NIO accessory, please review the product
information to ensure compatibility.
Caution拖挂装置可能会遮挡后视镜、后摄像头和/或后超声波传感器的视野。此外,某些 PILOT 功能可能无法正常工作。
The tow device may obscure the view of the side mirrors, rear cameras, and/or rear ultrasonic
sensors. In addition, some PILOT features may not function properly.
Towing Capacity
The total weight of the trailer (including all goods and additional equipment) and the carrying
capacity of the tow hitch shall not exceed the following values:
Tire
Maximum towing capacity
Maximum tow hitch carrying capacity
19", 20"
1,200 kg
75 kg
The tow hitch carrying weight is the downward force exerted by the trailer weight on the tow
hitch. It shall not be less than 4% of the trailer load. Loading a large number of equipment, passengers
or goods in the trailer can reduce the towing weight that it can bear, which will also reduce the maximum
towing capacity. Assuming that the trailer load does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR),
the maximum towing capacity can be calculated. GVWR is printed on the vehicle nameplate.
If you drive a tractor with a C6 driver's license, you must ensure that the total mass,
including the mass of the tractor and trailer, is less than (not including) 4,500 kg.
Tire Pressure During Towing
The tire pressure must be adjusted to adapt to the additional load for towing. Keep the tire
inflated to 290 kPa. The maximum permitted uphill slope is 12% for towing.
NoteWhen towing, the technically permissible maximum mass on the rear axle shall not
exceed 15%, and the technically permissible laden mass of the vehicle shall not exceed 100 kg. In
these situations, the vehicle speed shall not exceed 100 km/h, and the rear tire pressure must be at
least 20 kPa higher than the normally recommended tire pressure.
When towing, the technically permissible maximum mass on the rear axle shall not exceed
15%, and the technically permissible laden mass of the vehicle shall not exceed 75 kg. In these
situations, the vehicle speed shall not exceed 100 km/h, and the rear tire pressure must be at least
20 kPa higher than the normally recommended tire pressure.
Never attempt to tow a vehicle when it has a faulty tire. Temporarily repaired tires cannot
withstand the towing load. Towing with faulty or temporarily repaired tires may result in tire fault and
vehicle unstability.
Operations Before Towing
Before towing, the following operations must be performed:
Inflate the tire to the specified cold tire inflation pressure for towing.
Make sure you understand and comply with all local regulations and legal requirements for
towing.
Adjust the rearview mirror to provide a clear view behind you that avoids obvious blind
spots.
Enable Trailer Mode in the center display.
Confirm the following:
The tractor driver must hold a C6 driver's license.
The vehicle needs to be level when connecting to the towing device. If the front of the
vehicle is tilted upward and the rear is tilted downwards, please confirm that the maximum towing
capacity and tow hitch carrying weight provided in the "Towing Capacity" table are not exceeded.
All towing device components, accessories, and electrical connectors (if any) are in good
condition, and are connected correctly. Do not tow if there are any obvious problems.
The trailer lights (brake lights, turn signal lights and marker lights) work properly.
The towing tongue is firmly connected to the towing ball.
All items inside the vehicle are secure in place.
You may use wheel chocks.
The towing load is evenly distributed so that the weight on the towing tongue is about 4%
of the total towing weight and does not exceed the maximum bearing weight of the towing tongue
provided in the "Towing Capacity" table.
The weight of the trailer tongue must be approximately 4% of the gross trailer weight
and not exceed the maximum trailer tongue load provided in the Towing Capacity table. An
unbalanced load on the wheels or a heavier load on the rear may cause the trailer to sway,
resulting in loss of vehicle control.
Please always ensure that the load is secured in the trailer and does not move. An
moving load can cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury or death.
Trailer Mode
Before towing, please shift to the P gear, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the
bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Tow Hitch.
This will extend the tow hitch. When a trailer is towed, Trailer Mode must always be active. When you
connect the trailer's electrical harness, the vehicle will enable Trailer Mode after you confirm. Trailer
Mode is deactivated when the trailer's electrical harness is disconnected. To manually enable or exit
Trailer Mode, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Driving and Parking > Trailer Mode. One of the following indicators is
displayed on the instrument panel at this time:
Icon
Description
The vehicle has detected the connection of the trailer lights, but Trailer Mode is not
activated. The vehicle may already have an accessory connected.
The vehicle has detected an electrical connection fault with the trailer lights. Some
or all of the trailer lights may be faulty. To ensure your safety, pull over as soon as possible
and check the wiring or connection of the trailer lights for faults. If the problem has been
resolved but the red icon is still on, please try turning off Trailer Mode and then turning it on
again.
Warning拖车前,务必检查拖车模式是否已启用。
Before towing, be sure to check that the Tow Mode is on.
Under no circumstances should the Tow Mode be exited during the towing process. Doing
so may result in serious injury and/or death.
Do not use the ride height adjustment setting on the center display to properly match
the height of the towing device to the height of the trailer.
Note启用拖车模式时,某些 PILOT 功能(转向、召唤、车道辅助等)以及脚踢传感器、便利进出、超声波传感器功能可能不可用。
Some PILOT features (Steering Assist,Active Lane Change, etc.) as well as kick sensors,
easy entry, and ultrasonic sensors may not be available in the Trailer Mode.
Please connect your vehicle to a trailer under the normal ride height. If you enter the
Trailer Mode under an abnormal ride height, the ride height will be automatically adjusted to
normal.
Instructions for Towing
Your vehicle is mainly designed as a passenger vehicle. Towing a trailer puts an additional
load on the vehicle's motor, transmission, brakes, tires and suspension and significantly reduces its
range. If you decide to tow a trailer, please drive carefully and follow the following guidelines:
Reduce your driving speed and avoid sudden maneuvers. When a trailer is towed, the
steering, stability, turning radius, stopping distance and braking performance are different from
those without a trailer.
Keep at least twice the distance from the vehicle in front of you as when you are not
pulling a trailer. This helps to avoid situations requiring emergency braking. Sudden braking may
cause skidding or bottoming out and loss of control.
Avoid sharp turns, which may cause the trailer to contact the vehicle and cause damage.
Since the wheels of the trailer are closer to the inside of the turn than the wheels of the vehicle,
the turn radius must be larger to prevent the trailer from hitting the curb, road signs, trees or
other objects.
Check the trailer lights and turn lights regularly to verify that they continue to work
properly.
Verify regularly that any items inside the vehicle are safe.
Verify regularly that the trailer brake works properly.
Avoid parking on a slope.
Verify regularly that all towing parts have been firmly tightened.
When a trailer is hitched, the LED taillight of the trailer may flash very slightly, which
is normal.
People are not allowed to ride in the trailer during towing.
Place weight in the trailer near the axle as much as possible to reduce interference to the
train set when swinging.
Trailer Parking
It is recommended not to park your vehicle on slopes with gradients exceeding 12%. If you have
to park the vehicle on a slope, please place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels:
One person depresses and holds the brake pedal;
Another person places wheel chocks under the wheels on the downhill side;
When the chocks are in place, release the brake pedal and ensure that the chocks can bear
the weight of the vehicle and trailer (do not activate Autohold).
Put the vehicle into the P gear and engage the parking brake.
If it is necessary to park on a slope, please always ensure that all trailer wheels are
securely fastened with wedges, as failure to do so may result in serious damage, injury or death.
Electrical Connection
All trailers are equipped with taillights, brake lights, side indicators and turn lights. In
order to provide power for the trailer lighting, the towing device is equipped with a built-in 13-pin
electrical connector. Inserting the trailer plug into the vehicle electrical connector will enable Trailer
Mode after you confirm.
Left turn light (yellow)
Right fog light (blue)
Pin 1-8 grounding (white)
Right turn light (green)
Right taillight (brown)
Brake light (red)
Left taillight (black)
Reverse light (pink)
No output for now (orange)
12V power output when the vehicle is awakened (gray)
Please use only the electrical plugs designed by NIO. Do not attempt to directly splice the
cables or connect the trailer’s cable by any other method, as this could damage the vehicle’s electrical
system and cause fault.
CautionBefore and during towing, you need to manually check and ensure that all electrical
connections are working properly and all trailer lights are working correctly.
Before and during towing, you need to manually check and ensure that all electrical
connections are working properly and all trailer lights are working correctly.
Trailer light failure during towing may be the result of a blown fuse. If the fuse is
blown, there will be no warning from your vehicle. Please contact the NIO Service Center.
Make sure that the trailer cable does not touch or drag on the ground during towing,
and that the cable has enough slack to allow for turns.
Steering Wheel Position Adjustment
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Start Adjustment, and then adjust
the position through the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel, and tap End
Adjustment after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right on the home screen of the center
display to enter the Quick Access interface, and tap Steering Wheel Adjustment >
Start Adjustment to adjust the position of the steering wheel.
Using the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel, adjust the
position of the steering wheel as follows:
Up: Move the steering wheel upwards.
Down: Move the steering wheel downwards.
Left: Move the steering wheel away from the driver.
Right: Move the steering wheel towards the driver.
Press: Move the steering wheel position by one level.
When the pop-up window is manually closed by the driver or passively closed due to factors
such as conflicts, the right steering wheel controls will exit the steering wheel adjustment mode and
resumes regular controls instead, such as answering phone calls, and increasing/decreasing volume.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving. Doing so may result in an
accident.
An improper steering wheel position or seating position may result in injury. Make sure
your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel.
Control via Right Buttons on the Steering Wheel
The right buttons on the steering wheel can be used to adjust steering wheel position, right side
mirror, sound volume, etc.
Steering Wheel Position Adjustment
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Start Adjusting to adjust the
position through the right buttons on the steering wheel. See Steering Wheel Position
Adjustment.
Right Side Mirror Adjustment
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Start Adjustment to adjust the
position of the right side mirror through the right buttons on the steering wheel. See Side Mirrors Position Adjustment.
Volume Adjustment
In scenarios such as answering calls, talking with NOMI, and playing multimedia, press the Up
or Down button to adjust the volume, and press+hold the Down button to mute the sound.
In other scenarios where there is no need for volume adjusting, holding the Up button gives no
response, and press+hold the Down button to mute the sound.
In the mute state, press the Up button to unmute.
Triggering the Custom Feature
Press+hold the Middle button on the right side of the steering wheel to trigger the custom
feature. The default triggered feature is NOMI, and you can change the custom feature on the Settings
interface by tapping Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Steering Wheel
Customized Keys.
Control within an Immediate Task
When the incoming call reminder is displayed, you can answer or reject the call through the
Left or Right button, and the Middle button is for confirming the selection.
Switching the Normal Menu
Press+hold the Left or Right button to enter the Switching Mode, in which you can press the
Left or Right button to switch the order of the menus.
After pressing the Middle button, or after 3 seconds with no operation on the Left or Right
button, the current menu will be selected automatically and the Switching Mode will be exited.
Controls within the Menu
When the instrument cluster shows the Media/Third-party Software, Estimated Range, Mileage, and
Power Consumption menus, press the Left, Middle and Right buttons on the right side of the steering wheel
to switch the media/third-party software type.
When the Media/Third-party Software menu is for Media: Left - previous track; Right - next
track; Middle - play/pause
When the Media/Third-party Software menu is for Karaoke: Left - redo; Right - next track;
Middle - play/pause
When the instrument cluster shows Team menu: Middle - sound record/send
Control via Left Buttons on the Steering Wheel
The left buttons on the steering wheel adjust the left side mirror and control the Driver
Assistance feature.
Adjusting the Left Side Mirror
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Start Adjustment to adjust the position of the left side mirror through the left
buttons on the steering wheel. See Side Mirrors Position Adjustment.
Adjusting the Driver Assistance Control
Middle button: Activate or exit Driver Assistance.
Up button: Increase the cruise
speed.
Down button: Decrease the cruise speed.
Right button: Increase the following distance.
Left button: Decrease the following distance.
Press the Up or Down button: Increase/decrease the cruise speed
by 5 km/h; Press+hold the Up or Down button: Increase/decrease the cruise
speed by 1 km/h continuously (default).
Press the Left or Right button: Increase/decrease the following
distance by 1 level; Level 1 represents the closest distance, while Level 5 represents the farthest
distance.
Steering Wheel Heating
In cold weather, you can turn on the Steering Wheel Heating feature by going to the Comfort Panel
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tapping Seats
> Heating > Steering Wheel Heating. Within roughly 10 minutes, the steering wheel will be
progressively heated to a comfortable temperature and will remain at that degree.
Smart Steering Wheel Heating: When the feature is enabled, the
Steering Wheel Heating will be activated automatically when the outside temperature falls below 12°C and the
inside temperature falls below 10°C; the lower the temperature, the longer the heating period will last.
Double-button Restart of Steering Wheel
If the center display experiences screen stuttering, unresponsiveness, or other abnormalities,
you can resolve the issue by performing a quick restart of the vehicle system.
Instructions for Double-button Restart:
Turn on the hazard warning lights;
Park your vehicle in a safe area and shift into the P gear;
Press+hold the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel and the Down button on
the right side at the same time for about 8 seconds;
After about 30 seconds, all screens will light up and the system can resume operation.
If the system has not returned to normal, please contact the NIO Service Center as soon as
possible.
Caution车辆双键重启必须在驻车状态,请确保车辆停靠在安全区域;
The vehicle must be in PARK to use Dual-Button Restart. Please ensure that the vehicle is
parked in a safe area;
It is strictly forbidden to perform Dual-Button Restart while the vehicle is moving;
Keep the hazard warning light on while the vehicle is in the system restart process;
Do not perform Dual-Button Restart when the vehicle software is being upgraded;
During the restart process, the vehicle status display, safety warning, surround view
image, map interface, and other information cannot be seen;
If the screen fails to resume normal operation after Dual-Button Restart, you can try to
lock the vehicle and put the vehicle to sleep. If the problem persists, please contact NIO.
USB Port
When the optional N-BOX is not installed, 4 USB ports are provided in your vehicle, including
one Type A port and three Type C ports.
Location:
Safety Storage Box
Type C (60W) port ②: Used for charging mobile devices;
Type A (2.5W) port ③: Used for exporting videos from the DVR and connecting a microphone
or a USB speaker;
Rear Control Display
Type C (60W) port: Used for charging mobile devices;
Rear Central Armrest
Type C (18W) port: Used for charging mobile devices;
When the optional N-BOX is installed, seven USB ports are provided in your vehicle, including
one Type A port and six Type C ports.
Center Console Open Storage
Type A (2.5W) port: Used for exporting videos from the DVR and connecting a microphone or a
USB speaker;
Type C (60W) port: Used for connecting external devices, such as Switch game console,
mobile screen projector, computer screen projector and onboard meeting device, and charging mobile
devices;
Safety Storage Box
Type C (60W) port: Used for connecting AR glasses and charging mobile devices;
Rear Control Display
Type C (60W) port: Used for charging mobile devices;
Rear Armrest Box Background Panel
Type C (60W) port: Used for connecting AR glasses and charging mobile devices;
12V Power Supply
Your vehicle is equipped with two 12V power supplies.
Center console open storage space: Located in the rear.
Rear trunk: Located on the left side.
Front/Rear Windshield Wipers
Front Windshield Wipers Manual Adjustment
Toggle the wiper control lever upwards to activate the wipers. The speed of the wipers
increases with each level, reaching the maximum speed at level four. When the wiper control lever returns
to its original position, the wipers stop moving.
Warning冬季启动刮水器前,确保刮水器刮片未结冻,且已刮落挡风玻璃上的冰雪。
In winter, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen and the ice or snow in front of the
windshield has been cleared before turning on the wipers.
Warning 当刮水器清洁挡风玻璃时,要使用足够的清洗液,挡风玻璃必须保持湿润。
Be sure to use sufficient washer fluid to keep the windshield wet when wiping the
windshield.
Automatic Front Wiper
After the automatic front wiper feature is enabled, when the rain sensor detects rain, the
wipers start to move; when the rain stops, the wipers stop moving.
The wiper speed changes automatically in response to vehicle speed and rainfall.
Toggle the wiper control lever downwards to activate automatic front wiper, and the instrument
cluster indicates that Automatic front wiper is on. Toggle the lever
downwards again to turn it off, and the instrument cluster indicates that Automatic
front wiper is off.
Automatic Front Wiper Sensitivity Adjustment: Go to the Settings
interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and
Windows Lock > Wipers > Front Wiper Sensitivity, and then select a level. The level of
sensitivity increases with each level.
After the automatic rear wiper feature is activated, when the vehicle is in R gear, the rear
wipers will also wipe if the front wipers are wiping. Also, the operation frequencies of the front and
rear wipers are the same. After shifting to D or P gear, the rear wipers will stop moving.
To enable this feature, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Wipers > Auto Rear
Wiper.
Note在自动洗车房中,请确保停用自动雨刮功能,否则可能会由于无意间刮水导致雨刮器损坏。
To avoid damage to the wipers, ensure that the auto wiper feature is disabled when entering
an automatic car wash machine.
Cleaning the Front Windshield with Wipers
Single Wipe: Toggle the wiper control lever backward once to
activate the front wipers to wipe once.
Spray and Wipe: Toggle and hold the wiper control lever backward,
and the nozzles on the wiper arms spray water, while the wipers wipe slowly. Release the wiper control
lever to stop spraying water. The wipers continue to wipe three times slowly, stop for two seconds, and
then wipe once.
Clean Plus: Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at
the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Wipers >
Clean Plus. After this feature is enabled, the wipers will wipe once more after spraying water.
We recommend you turn off this feature in winter in northern regions.
Rear Wiper Wipe: Toggle the wiper control lever forward once to
activate the rear wipers to wipe slowly. Toggle it forward again to stop the rear wipers.
Rear Wiper Spray and Wipe: Toggle and hold the wiper control
lever forward, and water will be sprayed from the top of the rear windshield, while the rear wipers wipe
slowly; release the wiper control lever, and the water spray stops but the wipers continue to wipe three
times slowly.
Caution洗涤液不足时不要使用清洗装置,否则会损坏洗涤液泵。
To avoid damaging the washer pump, do not use the washer if the washer fluid is
insufficient.
Warning在恶劣天气条件下,确保雨刮片未被冻结或粘附在挡风玻璃上。
In bad weather conditions, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen or attached to the
windshield.
Front Windshield Wiper Rest Area Heating
The front windshield wiper rest area has a heating feature.
Controls on Center Display
When the ambient temperature is 5°C or below, turn on the Auto
Defogging from the Air Conditioning interface on the center display, and the wiper rest
area starts to heat up. When you turn off the Auto Defogging, the
wiper rest area stops heating.
When the ambient temperature is above 5°C, the wiper rest area will stop heating.
App Control
When the ambient temperature is 5℃ or below, tap the One Touch
Snow Removal on the App, then the wiper rest area will start to heat up. When you turn
off the One Touch Snow Removal, the wiper rest area will stop
heating.
When the ambient temperature is above 5°C, the wiper rest area will stop heating.
Automatic Heating of Side Mirrors and Windshield
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors, and enable the automatic heating
feature for the side mirrors and rear windshield. When the front windshield wipers are activated while
driving on rainy days, the heating feature will be automatically enabled to remove fog on the side mirrors
and rear windshield.
Side Mirrors Position Adjustment
Enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Start Adjustment, and then adjust
the position of the side mirrors through the steering wheel buttons, and tap End
Adjustment after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right from left on the main page of the
center display to enter the Quick Access interface, and tap Side Mirrors > Start Adjustment to adjust the position of the side mirrors.
The left buttons on the steering wheel are used to adjust the left side mirror, and the right
buttons on the steering wheel are used to adjust the right side mirror.
Adjustment Method:
Up and Down buttons: Control the vertical tilt of the side mirrors.
Left and Right buttons: Control the horizontal tilt of the side
mirrors.
Press: Tilt by one level; Press+hold:
Continuous tilt.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
Do not adjust the side mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
Side Mirrors Folding
You can set up automatic folding for the side mirrors by going to the Settings page from the
control bar at the bottom of the center display and tapping Position Adjustment >
Side Mirrors > Auto-Fold When Vehicle is Locked.
When your vehicle is locked from the outside, the side mirrors will be folded automatically. They
will extend automatically the next time the driver is seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs
to be closed or the brake pedal needs to be pressed).
If your vehicle passes through narrow roads at low speed (the vehicle speed needs to be lower
than 40 km/h), tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Fold Side
Mirrors on the Settings page to manually fold the side mirrors. Tap Fold
Side Mirrors again, the side mirrors extend automatically.
When reversing, turn on the Auto-Tilt When Reversing function to
see the road better in order to assist in reversing.
Side Mirrors Heating
The side mirrors are equipped with a heating function, which is used to heat the left and right
side mirrors to quickly remove water or snow on rainy and snowy days.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Mirror(s)&Windshield(R) Heating to
manually turn on the heating function of the side mirrors.
The heating function of the side mirrors will be automatically turned off 60 minutes after it was
turned on, or it can be manually turned off using the center display.
Automatic Heating of Side Mirrors and Windshield
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap on the
Position Adjustment > Rearview Mirrors interface, and turn on the
automatic heating function of the side mirrors and rear windshield. When the front windshield wipers are
turned on while driving on rainy days, the heating function will be turned on automatically to help remove
fog on the side mirrors and rear windshield.
Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors Auto-Dimming
Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors
Auto-Dimming to turn on the Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors Auto-Dimming function.
Rearview Mirror and Side Mirrors Auto-Dimming function helps reduce the glare in the rearview
mirror from the vehicle behind, which can improve driving safety.
Note车辆为 R挡或前阅读灯开启时防炫目功能不可用。
The auto-dimming function is not available when your vehicle is in Reverse gear or the front
reading lights are turned on.
Vehicle Climate Control
Control Bar
You can control the temperature and airflow distribution in your vehicle through the climate
control bar at the bottom of the center display.
Home
Tap to return to the Home interface.
Settings
Tap to go to the list of settings.
Switching Between Recirculating Air and Outside Air
The current air flow mode is displayed. You can tap to select the following three modes in
sequence: Recirculation , Automatic
Recirculation or Outside Air , and
Outside Air .
With automatic recirculation or outside air mode, if air pollution is serious, outside air
will be turned off automatically and switched to recirculation to realize automatic control of air
quality in the vehicle.
Driver Side Temperature Display
The target temperature on the driver side is displayed. You may tap on it to enter the
temperature control panel.
Swiping left or right adjusts the target temperature. The adjustment range on the driver
side is 15-31 ℃.
You can also press the arrow to adjust the target temperature. Each time you press the
arrow, the temperature can be adjusted by 0.5 ℃.
Select SYNC to adjust the air conditioning temperature for the front and rear passengers
together with the driver side. Manually adjusting the temperature on the front passenger side or in
the rear row will exit SYNC mode.
Air Conditioning Inlet and Air Volume Regulation
The ON/OFF status of the air conditioning is displayed. Tap to expand or collapse the
Climate Control Panel.
Press+hold and slide to adjust the level of the front fan speed. There are eight levels,
0-8, where 0 turns off the air conditioning for the whole vehicle.
Front Passenger Side Temperature Display
The target temperature on the front passenger side is displayed. You may tap on it to enter
the temperature control panel.
Swiping left or right adjusts the target temperature. The adjustment range on the front
passenger side is 15-31 ℃.
You can also press the arrow to adjust the target temperature. Each time you press the
arrow, the temperature can be adjusted by 0.5 ℃.
Front Windshield Defrosting/Defogging
When the front windshield defrosting/defogging feature is turned on, the manual air
conditioning (A/C) mode is turned on at the same time, the air distribution mode is defrosting mode,
and the air circulation is switched to the automatic recirculation/outside air mode.
If the outside of the front windshield is foggy, it is recommended to turn on the wipers
and automatic climate control; if the inside of the front windshield is foggy, it is recommended to
turn on defogging for the front windshield. After the fog is cleared, switch to automatic climate
control and turn on auto defogging for the air conditioning.
Go to the Air Conditioning interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center
display, tap , and turn on Auto Defogging. Front windshield defogging will be turned on automatically
when the inside of the front windshield is about to become foggy or slightly foggy.
Application Center
Applications in the center display of the vehicle.
Volume Adjustment
The default volume is 50%. Tap and then slide left or right to adjust the volume.
Press+hold to mute, and press+hold again to unmute, and return to the volume before the
mute state.
Climate Control Panel
To access the Climate Control Panel, tap the air conditioning button on the control bar at the bottom of the center display. You can
set the front and rear air conditioning's air volume, temperature, airflow direction and other features by
switching to the front or rear Climate Control Panel.
The air modes will be displayed while modifying the airflow direction of the air vents:
Free: The air vent angles can be adjusted separately.
Balanced: The air vent angles are symmetrical.
Sweep: The air vent angles are set to sweep up and down, left and right.
Icon
Name
Feature
Air Conditioning Main Switch
It controls the ON/OFF of the air conditioning throughout
the vehicle;
Rear Row Air Conditioning Switch
It controls the ON/OFF of the rear row air conditioning;
Steering Wheel Heating
It controls the heating of the steering wheel;
Cooling, Heating and Ventilation Switch
Turn on the A/C, and the whole vehicle's air conditioning cools or heats;
Turn off the A/C, and the whole vehicle's air conditioning enters ventilation mode;
Strong Cooling
When activated, the whole vehicle's air conditioning
enters maximum cooling mode;
Strong Heating
When activated, the whole vehicle's air conditioning
enters maximum heating mode;
Front Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
When activated, it removes fog from the interior of the
front windshield;
Rear Windshield Heating
When activated, the rear windshield begins to heat up,
and it will be turned off automatically after 15 minutes;
Air Conditioning Temperature Adjustment
It adjusts the air conditioning temperature within the
range of 15-31℃;
Air Conditioning Air Volume Adjustment
It adjusts the air conditioning air volume within the
range of level 0-8;
Window Blowing Mode
The air conditioning vents direct air to the front
windshield;
Face Blowing Mode
The air conditioning vents direct air to the upper body
of the passenger;
Foot Blowing Mode
The air conditioning vents direct air to the lower body
of the passenger;
Air Conditioning Comfort Panel Access Keys
Tap to access the Settings interface for Ionizer, Auto
Defogging, AC Deodorization and other features.
Auto
Automatic Mode
In this mode, the temperature, air volume, airflow
direction of the front and rear rows' air conditioning, and the recirculation/outside air mode will
be adjusted automatically according to the temperature preset.
SYNC
SYNC
In SYNC mode, the vehicle's temperature will synchronize
with the driver's setting.
Front Row Air Conditioning Vents and Adjustment
The air vents in the front row of the vehicle are situated at the following locations: The
front windshield, the instrument cluster, and the leg space beneath the instrument cluster.
Defrosting air vent at front windshield
Face blowing air vent at instrument cluster
Foot blowing air vent under instrument cluster
To adjust the air vent at the front row instrument cluster, do as follows:
Press+hold the blowing area on the Climate Control Panel of the center display and then slide
up or down to control the vertical angle, and slide left and right to control the horizontal angle.
In Free mode, double-click the vent position in the center display to close the corresponding
vent. However, at least one vent must be left open.
Rear Row Air Conditioning Vents and Adjustment
The air vents in the rear row of the vehicle are situated at the following locations: The
bottom of the rear control display and the front passenger and driver's seats.
Rear row face blowing air vents
Rear row foot blowing air vents
To adjust the rear row air vent, do as follows:
Press+hold the vent on the center display or the rear control display, and then slide up or
down to control the vertical angle, and slide left and right to control the horizontal angle.
In Free mode, double-click the air conditioning vent in the center display to close the
corresponding vent. However, at least one vent must be left open.
Rear passengers can use the rear control display to control the rear air conditioning.
Tips for Using Air Conditioning
Make sure that the vent grille of the air conditioning is not blocked by foreign objects
(leaves, snow, etc.).
If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight, opening the windows while running the
air conditioning can create airflow, facilitating rapid cooling.
Air Purification
PM2.5 Air Purification
On the center display, you can view the current air quality inside the vehicle at the upper
right corner. Simply tap on it to switch to the corresponding air purification mode.
OFF: Turns off air purification;
AUTO: Adjusts the purification airflow speed automatically
according to the concentration of PM 2.5 in the passenger compartment;
QUIET: Purifies the air in the passenger compartment in the
low airflow speed and silent state.
Ionizer
Go to the air conditioning Comfort Adjustment interface in the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap to turn on
Ionizer to generate negative ions while purifying the air, thereby further
improving the air comfort in the vehicle.
AC Deodorization
If the air conditioning cooling is turned on in hot weather, some condensate may remain in the
climate control system when parking. Go to the air conditioning Comfort Adjustment interface in the
control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap to enable AC Deodorization. When you
leave and lock your vehicle, if the system detects the residual condensate in the climate control system,
it will turn on the fan automatically and run it at the maximum air volume to keep the evaporator and air
pipe dry, thereby reducing the risk of bacteria breeding in the humid environment.
You can select one of the two drying levels: Standard (the fan
works for about 3 minutes continuously) and Strong (the fan works for about
20 minutes continuously).
This feature increases energy consumption in certain circumstances, so make sure that you plan
your trip properly or turn the feature off if necessary.
Remaining Life of Air Filter Element
After replacing the air filter element, go to the air conditioning Comfort Adjustment interface
in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap , and select Air Filter Element Life
Timer to reset the filter element service life timer.
Note该寿命计时为预估时间,实际使用寿命受环境等因素影响,必要时更换。
This reminder is the estimated service life, and the actual service life may vary due to
the environment and other factors. Please replace the air filter if necessary.
Connect to Mobile Device
You can connect mobile devices (such as mobile phones, tablets) to the vehicle through interior
Bluetooth or Wireless hotspots, and the center display can synchronize the entertainment features (such as
phone contacts, music) in the mobile device with your confirmation, which is convenient for you to better
experience the entertainment features inside the vehicle. When you connect the same mobile device to the
vehicle the next time, it can be automatically synchronized to the center display without reconfirmation.
Tap the Bluetooth/Wireless hotspot icon at the top of the center display to select the
Bluetooth or Wireless hotspot you want to connect to:
Turn on the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi feature on your mobile device (mobile phone or tablet).
Turn on the Bluetooth or Wireless hotspot feature on the center display.
Select the mobile device you want to connect to on the current interface of the center
display, and manually pair it with the vehicle to connect.
You can also quickly connect to Bluetooth and Wireless hotspot with one tap on the central
control wireless charging board (only for some mobile phone models):
Turn on the NFC and Bluetooth/Wi-Fi features on the phone.
Place your phone on the wireless charging board of the center console.
Open the Bluetooth or Hotspot page on the center display, and select "One-tap quick
connection through the mobile NFC feature”.
Note进行蓝牙或热点连接过程中请勿移开手机。
Do not remove your phone from the charging pad when it is connected to the vehicle via
Bluetooth or Hotspot.
Wireless Charging
You can place your wireless charging equipment on the wireless charging board next to the cup
holder on the central armrest for wireless charging.
The wireless charging feature is enabled by default. You can enter the Wireless Charging from the
status bar at the top right of the center display to turn it off. The current status is saved under the
account of the owner or the authorized user. The center display displays the current charging status.
When the NFC one-key pairing feature of interior Bluetooth is being used by the wireless charging
board, wireless charging will be temporarily stopped.
Wireless charging will stop in the following situations, and the center display will prompt the
relevant status:
The charging is completed.
Errors in the charging process, including vehicle power supply over-voltage or
under-voltage.
You can choose to disable NFC Detection, in which case the wireless
charging board won't recognize NFC cards and the card recognition prompt won't appear when the phone is
placed.
When wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (such as a key, coin or NFC card)
placed on the wireless charging pad may affect its charging efficiency or even lead to a burn.
When using wireless charging, do not place any metal objects between the phone and the
charging plate, such as coins and cards with chips/battery. Do not use phone cases with metal
materials, such as those that support magnetic charging (MagSafe).
It is normal for the phone to become hot after being charged for a long period of time.
Do not place a fully charged device on the charging pad. Doing so can cause overheating.
Do not charge two or more devices wirelessly at the same time.
The vent of the cooling fan is at the bottom of the wireless charging pad. Prevent
small foreign objects and liquids from entering it.
NOMI Smart Assistant
The vehicle smart assistant, NOMI, is placed above the vehicle center console. You and your
passengers can easily control different features by simply talking to NOMI, your thoughtful helper during
the journey.
After you've entered the car, NOMI will greet you warmly. Whenever you need NOMI, say the wake-up
words "Hi, NOMI" or press the voice button on the right side of the steering wheel. After NOMI responds,
just say what you have to say (see some examples below ). When the conversation ends or the designated
request has been completed, NOMI will automatically enter standby mode. Whenever necessary, you can always
wake up NOMI again.
Tell NOMI your opinion about the different features in the car by saying "I want to give
feedback." NOMI will record your feedback for up to 60 seconds and send it to our product expert team,
together with necessary information, including your vehicle ID, account ID and time stamp. The recording
will be sent after the countdown.
Please find some examples of NOMI commands here, including but not limit to the listed function:
Topic
Voice command examples
Climate
"Climate control on"
"Turn off the fan"
"Defrost mode on"
"Turn on seat heating"
Lights
"Change ambient light to green"
"Turn on the reading light"
"Turn off all lights"
Media
"Fold the mirrors"
"I want seat heating"
"Open my window by 10%"
"Close all windows"
"Pet mode on"
"Turn on the parking camera"
Media
"Play music"
"Play favorites"
"Play 'Blinding Lights' on Tidal"
"Next song"
"Repeat"
"Pause"
"Play radio"
"Increase volume"
Navigation
"Go to [address]"
"Drive me to a hospital"
"find me a coffee shop"
"End navigation"
"Find a charging station"
"I need a power swap station"
"Mute navigation"
Phone
"Accept the call"
"Decline the call"
"Call [contact name]"
"Call [number]"
"Call back"
Others
"Mute system"
"Mute yourself"
"Unmute"
"Turn on Bluetooth"
"Take a picture"
"Increase the central screen brightness"
"What's the weather today"
WarningPrecautions for NOMI
Do not allow NOMI and its base to come into contact with liquids, acidic or alkaline
solutions, dust, fibers, magnetic substances, or other similar materials.
Do not attempt to dismantle or repair NOMI and its base on your own.
Do not apply excessive force to push, pull, or twist NOMI. Refrain from impeding the
movement of NOMI with external pressure.
Do not attempt to remove NOMI and its base by yourself.
To prevent damaging NOMI hardware, do not install hard helmets or caps on it. In the
event of an accident, it will help you avoid personal injury.
Comfort Features
When the vehicle is in PARK (without being locked from the outside) and the driver’s seat is
unoccupied, occupants can still enter the vehicle and access certain comfort features. The feature will
automatically turn off after 10 hours without any operations. To continue using a comfort feature, open any
door, press the brake pedal, or sit in the driver’s seat with the driver’s door closed.
Comfort features mainly include:
Driver’s/passenger seat adjustment
Steering Wheel Adjustment
Wireless Charging
Front A/C Control
Seat massage, heating and ventilation
Steering Wheel Heating
Window Control
Reading lights and ambient lighting
Entertainment and navigation
NOMI
Intelligent Fragrance System
Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent fragrance system. You and your family can choose
your favorite fragrance, and enjoy the fresh and comfortable olfactory pleasure during the journey.
It provides you with a variety of scents. You can choose your favorite fragrance and install it
in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and change the fragrance vial
according to your preferences.
How to install and change the fragrance vial:
Open the cap of the fragrance vial, insert the thin end of the fragrance vial upward into the
hole in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and gently press the
bottom of the vial upward to ensure that it is properly installed.
Caution安装香氛瓶过程中请勿旋转香氛瓶。
Do not rotate the fragrance cartridge when inserting it.
The fragrance vial will be secured by the magnet in the fragrance mechanism once it is
inserted into the hole.
The center display will prompt that the fragrance vial has been installed successfully and
display information about the fragrance inserted into the corresponding hole.
When replacing the fragrance vial, pinch the bottom of the fragrance vial with your fingers,
and slowly remove the fragrance vial from the fragrance mechanism.
After the fragrance is successfully installed, enter the Air Conditioning Settings page from the
center display, tap Fragrance, and on this page, you can control whether the
fragrance system is on/off, adjust the concentration of the corresponding fragrance, and select fragrances
with different scents.
Warning香氛警告
Keep the fragrance cartridge out of the reach of children to prevent them from swallowing
it accidentally, as this may be detrimental to their health.
Do not allow your child to insert their finger into the fragrance holder. Doing so may
result in injury.
To ensure your safety, do not insert or replace the fragrance cartridge while driving.
If you or any passenger feels discomfort, disable the fragrance system immediately.
Caution香氛注意
Please check the expiration date before inserting the fragrance cartridge. The fragrance
has a shelf life of one year if the bottle remains unopened; after the bottle is opened, the
fragrance can last three months. Stop using the fragrance and replace it after it expires.
Some fragrances (e.g. Wild) have a stimulating effect. Please use it only when needed.
When replacing the fragrance cartridge, keep your hands clean to ensure the fragrance
system can function normally after it is replaced.
A magnet is placed in each fragrance holder. Keep your smart phone, tablet and other
electronic devices away from the holder to avoid any interference between electronic devices and the
fragrance system.
Chemical reactions may occur between the fragrance and organic substances. Keep the
ceramic fragrance stuck in the fragrance cartridge and away from all plastic parts.
Note香氛说明
The experience with the fragrance system may vary depending to the cabin temperature, fan
speed, and user’s physical condition.
Only purchase genuine ceramic fragrance sticks and avoid damaging the fragrance cartridge
to ensure its quality.
If the fragrance cartridge cannot be identified after it is inserted, please try again.
Tide
Tide is a physical and psychological health app that helps you sleep, meditate, relax, and stay
focused. Inspired by travels, nature and meditation, Tide provides a wealth of audio resources such as
sounds of nature and meditation exercises to help you escape from the fast-paced world for a quiet space of
peace, where you can meditate for a while to relax your mind and sleep better with less anxiety and stress
while staying focused and calm.
Tide offers three modes, namely Nap, Meditation, and Breathing.
Nap Mode
You and your family can fall asleep to the sounds of nature in the vehicle and wake up to a
soft alarm to embrace a beautiful world.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Nap page where sound scenarios and alarm time for the nap can be set and
memorized for the specific account.
Nap by Time: You can set a nap countdown to wake you up at the set time. You can also
choose to continue or end the nap upon the alarm.
Nap by Charge: If the vehicle is in the DC charging process, you can set a battery level
within the charging limit to have a nap until the set level is reached.
More settings are provided,
including volumes and timed playback of sleep aid sounds, alarm clock sounds and volumes, and seat
position restoration switch upon the end of nap.
Set sleep aid sound scenarios.
After the vehicle enters the Nap Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with windows
and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature comfortable
for a nap, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. If you sit in a front seat, the seat will
automatically move to the relax position (if set previously) or the default position. NOMI will enter the
Do Not Disturb Mode to create a relaxing atmosphere for you. After the nap ends, the vehicle will restore
the settings before the nap.
Caution小憩模式-无长滑轨
Before entering the Nap Mode, make sure the vehicle is in PARK and not in the power
swap mode.
Close all the doors and the liftgate before starting the Nap Mode to ensure safety.
A fault with the climate control system may compromise the comfort during the nap.
When the front seats are moving backward at the beginning of the nap, pay attention to
the space for occupants on rear seats.
If the vehicle is not being charged, make sure that its remaining range is not less
than 60 km. The time alarm will be triggered automatically when the remaining range is less than
30 km, and the charging alarm will be triggered automatically when the charging connector is
disconnected or the charging runs into a fault, to remind you to check the battery level.
The vehicle will automatically exit the Nap Mode under certain circumstances, for
example, when the vehicle is not in PARK, the battery has a risk of ignition, a software update is
in progress, the vehicle is in the power swap mode, the vehicle is locked for sleep, the climate
control is faulty, and the account is switched. In this case, the seats cannot be automatically
restored to the positions before the nap.
Meditation Mode
The Meditation Mode provides an immersive experience to give your brain break, so that you can
feel your inner self and your surroundings and reduce your physical and mental exhaustion.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Meditation page where sound scenarios and sound volumes for the
meditation can be set and memorized for the specific account.
After the vehicle enters the Meditation Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with
windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature
comfortable for meditation, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. NOMI will enter the Do
Not Disturb Mode to create an immersive and quiet atmosphere for you. After the meditation ends, the
vehicle will restore the settings before the meditation.
CautionMeditation and Breathing
Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle
range is not less than 30 kilometers.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it
is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered power swap
mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.
Breathing Mode
The Breathing Mode helps you learn how to breathe properly, calm yourself down, and relieve
stress.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Breathing page where breathing scenarios and background sound scenarios
and volumes can be set and memorized for the specific account.
CautionMeditation and Breathing
Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle
range is not less than 30 kilometers.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it
is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered power swap
mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.
Quick Access
You can tap Quick Access in the application launcher on the center
display to freely combine apps for customized scenarios, or enter the Square interface to enjoy a
personalized and automated intelligent experience using the recommended Quick Access templates.
Actions that support custom shortcuts include: time, media, weather, cabin comfort, driving,
charge, doors, windows, seats, lighting, system settings and applications, and other common settings. You
can also share custom scenarios with friends.
Music
You can go to the Media interface from the main page of the center display to select the
program for listening to music:
Select "Tidal" to discover and listen to your favorite music. You can also use it to build
a library of your preferred songs or albums.
Insert a USB flash disk into the USB port in your vehicle to play the music in the USB
flash disk.
After a mobile device is connected to your vehicle's Bluetooth, you can select "Bluetooth
Music" to play the music in the mobile device.
You can go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and
tap Sound to set the volume for media music. Select "Sound Mode" to set the
sound field effect in the passenger compartment. If necessary (for example, when a child is sleeping in
the rear row), the rear mute function can be turned on.
You can select your navigation route on the navigation interface from the main page of the
center display. If you have previously sent a navigation route through your mobile app, the selected
navigation route will be displayed automatically when the center display is turned on.
Tap to set navigation options, such as
route preference, navigation voice broadcast, and map display mode.
Photos
Photographing
NOMI can capture your selfies inside the car upon request. The center display's Photos application is where videos or photos are stored. To transfer them, use a
USB cable.
Photos
You can access Photos in the application center on the center
display and see all the photos in it. You can select the ones to be exported or deleted. There are various
categories of photos: All/Digital Video Recorder (DVR)/Guardian Mode/Quick Video
Recording/Selfie/Screenshot, and more.
Phone
When your mobile phone's Bluetooth is successfully paired with your vehicle's Bluetooth, the
on-board Bluetooth phone function can be used after your vehicle is authorized on your mobile phone to
synchronize your mobile phone contacts and recent calls. You can see the Phone page on the main page or on
the application center in the center display.
When your contacts and recent calls in your mobile phone are synchronized to your vehicle, you
can choose a specific contact or recent call or enter a phone number directly to make a call. You can switch
between private mode and hands-free mode during a call.
You can browse your recent calls, or switch to other Bluetooth phone devices or hide your recent
calls in the dialing interface.
Instrument Cluster Indicators
If the following indicators do not light up or go out normally, please contact the NIO Service
Center for assistance immediately.
Symbol on Instrument Cluster Display
Description
Automatic high and low beam control indicator
High beam indicator
Autohold indicator
Position lights indicator
Low beam indicator
Front fog lights indicator
Vehicle ready indicator
Left turn signal indicator
Right turn signal indicator
Rear fog lights indicator
Ice- and snow-covered road indicator
Pedestrian warning sound off indicator
Brake system fault indicator
Electronic stability control system on/fault indicator
Low battery indicator of high voltage battery
Exceeding speed limit prompt or speed limit mode malfunction indicator
Trailer connection status indicator
Intelligent headlight malfunction indicator
Electronic stability control system off indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) system fault/start self-inspection
indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) system indicator for no face detected
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist off indicator
Speed Limit Warning off indicator
Power limit warning light
Anti-lock braking system fault warning light
Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) warning light
High voltage battery cut-off warning light
Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB)/Forward Collision Warning (FCW) off and fault warning
light
Hands-off reminder status indicator
Charging cable connected indicator
Electronic parking indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) status indicator
E-Powertrain System fault warning light
Electronic parking fault warning light
Seat belt unfastened reminder warning light
Airbag fault warning light
Drive motor fault warning light
Low voltage battery charging fault warning light
High voltage battery fault warning light
High voltage battery over-temperature warning light
Trailer electrical connection fault warning light
Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert fault warning light
Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) fault
warning light
Driver Assistance fault warning light
Speed limit function fault warning light
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion fault warning light
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist fault warning light
Controls on Center Display
Front Center Display
After you or authorized users log in, the vehicle's center display can help you easily access
rich personal resources such as music, navigation, and radio stations. You can also customize your
favorite content and store it in your personal account. The personalized content saved in your account can
be displayed the next time you login in to your account. You can switch different accounts freely in your
vehicle, and the customized content for different accounts will be presented to you.
You can select different functions (media, navigation, etc.) on the main page of the center
display. The functions are as follows:
Prompt Bar
Displays prompt messages, warning messages, warning icons, etc.
Tile Function Menu
Press and hold to switch to different function tile, such as music, weather, etc.
Main Page
To return to the main page, tap this button or five-finger pinch on any interface of the
center display.
Vehicle Settings
Configure the settings for common functions.
You can also swipe right from the left edge of the center display to enter the Quick Access
page. On this page, you can access frequently used functions quickly and customize quick access
functions.
Air Conditioning and Comfort Function Panel
Quickly set the air conditioning, seats, and comfort functions here.
Application Center
Select different applications, such as weather and photos.
Volume Settings
Quickly set the system and media volume.
Rear Control Display
The rear control display can control the functions of the rear seats, media, etc. The functions
are as follows:
Swipe left or right horizontally, or swipe left or right from the edge of the other side to
switch different vehicle functions, such as air conditioning, seat comfort, ambient lighting,
fragrance, etc.
Swipe down from the top edge to enter Quick Control Center, where you can adjust screen
brightness, volume, and screen saver.
Swipe up from the bottom edge to enter Media Control Center, where you can control the
currently playing media.
Event Data Recorder (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of Event Data
Recorder (EDR) is to record the data of some collisions or the conditions similar to a collision, such as
airbag deployment or collision with obstacles on the road; these data can help to check the operation status
of the vehicle’s systems.
The Event Data Recorder (EDR) on this vehicle can temporarily or permanently store technical
information such as vehicle status, events and faults. These technical information can usually record the
following status of components, modules, systems and environments:
Status information of the vehicle and its individual components, such as vehicle speed,
acceleration and vehicle identification code.
Function status of important system components, such as seat belt buckles.
Vehicle reaction under special conditions, such as the triggering of airbags and the
intervention of electronic stability program (ESP).
Data of a period of time before and after a collision accident, such as braking,
acceleration, steering operation, accident occurrence time, deployment information of occupant
protection devices, seat belt status information, etc.
These data help to better check the conditions when a collision or an injury occurs.
In Event Data Recorder (EDR), the recording of vehicle speed comes from the brake control unit.
These data are only of natural attributes, which are used to identify and eliminate faults and
optimize vehicle functions, and the motion characteristics of road sections passed cannot be created based
on these data. When carrying out service work such as repair and maintenance, service personnel and the
manufacturer can read these technical data from the event and fault data memory by using a special
diagnostic device. After the fault is eliminated, the information in the fault memory can be deleted or
overwritten continuously.
When the vehicle is being used, these technical parameters and other information related to the
vehicle, such as accident records, vehicle damage, evidence, etc. (which may require the intervention of
professionals), can be read by using a diagnostic device in a NIO Service Center.
If the EDR system does not have enough space to record an event, the current event data will
overwrite the previous unlocked event data, but the overwriting should be in a chronological order. A locked
event will not be overwritten by subsequent events.
NoteNIO在未经车主允许的情况下不会将数据记录系统的信息透露给第三方人员使用。
NIO will not disclose any information recorded in the system to a third party without your
permission or consent.
System Update
Your vehicle comes with a remote upgrade system. When the vehicle is connected to the Internet,
you can go to the Settings page from the bottom of the center display, and tap General
> System Update to upgrade the vehicle system software. and keep your vehicle functions up to
date. You will be notified by a message when a software update is available. You can choose to start the
upgrade immediately or schedule a time for upgrade (the vehicle can automatically start upgrading at the
appointed time). During the upgrade, the center display will show the time needed to complete the process
(which depends on the size of the upgrade package).
CautionDo not perform system upgrades while the vehicle is in charging process.
The system upgrade function is only available for the vehicle owner's account.
The system upgrade can only be carried out when the vehicle is in the parked state (in the
P gear) and connected to the network.
The system upgrade process will consume a certain amount of power. Before the system
upgrade, please ensure that the battery level of the vehicle is greater than 20% and your trip has
been reasonably planned.
If the system upgrade is performed for the vehicle during the charging process, the
charging process will stop automatically. After the system upgrade is completed, you can resume the
charging process manually.
During the system upgrade process, the vehicle can also be unlocked/locked with the
NFC/mobile Bluetooth key in addition to the smart key. The vehicle cannot be driven.
System upgrades may result in updates or additions of some features, as well as changes in
the usage habits of certain features. Please read the upgrade instructions carefully to understand the
updated or added features after the system upgrade is completed. Please use the updated function with
caution if you are unfamiliar with it to avoid personal injury or property damage due to a
misoperation.
If the system upgrade cannot be started or is not completed successfully, please contact
the NIO service center immediately.
Do not modify vehicle components or software by yourself to avoid personal injury or
property damage due to a system upgrade failure.
Resetting All Settings
When you need to sell the vehicle, you can erase all content and settings by entering Settings
from the bottom of the center display, and tap General > Reset All
Settings.
The following data and settings will be erased, including vehicle settings (such as settings for
seats, side mirrors, and climate control), driving settings (such as ADAS and driving mode), NOMI settings,
system settings (such as time and date), navigation settings, media playlists, and photos & videos.
Caution 恢复出厂设置
Only the vehicle owner can reset all settings. The operation can only be performed when the
vehicle is stopped.
When resetting all settings, the instrument cluster and the center display will go black
and blink. Do not drive the vehicle when resetting the system. Otherwise it may cause unpredictable
consequences.
After resetting, the vehicle will be restored to the inactivated state. You need to
reactivate the vehicle to use it.
Resetting will erase all your settings, application data and all content, including photos
and videos, stored in the vehicle. It is recommended to back up your important files before resetting.
You can enter the
Album on the center display , select files you need and choose
Export to USB.
Resetting will not erase your personal data stored in the cloud, such as driving habits,
frequent navigation addresses, and music playlists.
Basic Operation
Starting the Vehicle
The vehicle can get ready to drive when the following conditions are met:
The driver is seated.
Close the driver's door or press the brake pedal.
The driver can start the vehicle in many ways such as with the smart key, NFC card, and mobile
phone NFC.
If the mobile phone NFC or NFC card is used, place the mobile phone with the NFC key or NFC
card on the wireless charging board, keep the mobile phone unlocked and fit it into the wireless charging
board, and then try to engage the gear and start the vehicle.
Caution 使用NFC启动时,请确保手机或卡片钥匙处于无线充电面板处。
When starting the vehicle via an NFC card, ensure that your phone or NFC card is placed on
the wireless charging pad.
In case of a collision, the impact force is transmitted to the driver’s lower leg through the
accelerator pedal, causing personal injury. Therefore, the accelerator pedal has a fracture limiter
groove to protect the driver’s legs and personal safety.
In unexpected situations where a great lateral external force is applied to the vehicle, the
accelerator pedal may break due to the limiter groove design.
Gear Shift
After pressing the brake pedal and toggling the gear shifter into the D or R gear, the digital
instrument cluster displays , indicating that
power output is ready. After the shift, the digital instrument cluster will display the real-time gear
position of the vehicle. If the shift fails, the digital instrument cluster will prompt you to confirm the
current gear.
You can use the PRD gear shifter to control gear switching, including:
Drive gear (D gear): used in normal drive mode
Reverse gear (R gear): can only be engaged in the parking state
Parking gear (P gear): prevents slipping in the parking state
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Sound > Gear Shift Sound to enable or disable the ringer & alerts.
For example, the vehicle can be switched to neutral gear (N gear) in specific conditions such
as while pushing the vehicle and automatic washing.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display), and tap
Driving and Parking > N (Neutral Mode) to enable or disable neutral gear
(N gear).
Always confirm the gear on the digital instrument cluster after shifting gears. If there
are any inconsistencies with the gear displayed, double confirm or shift gears again.
Caution只有在停车状态且踩下制动踏板时,才能挂入驻车挡(P挡)。
You can only shift into PARK when the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is pressed.
Before leaving the vehicle or stopping it on a slope, ensure that the gear is shifted into
PARK. If you have not confirmed the gear on the digital instrument cluster, the vehicle may roll away.
Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
When switching to the parking gear, the parking brake will be automatically activated, and the
digital instrument cluster displays , indicating
that the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) has been enabled.
When locked from the outside of the vehicle, the vehicle's power will be automatically turned
off, and the center display and digital instrument cluster will be shut down at the same time.
You can switch the vehicle to the parking gear in the following ways.
Press the P gear button on the side of the gear selector in the center console.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to park.
When the digital instrument cluster displays , it indicates that the brake system is faulty. Please drive carefully and contact the NIO
Service Center for maintenance.
Drive Mode
There are five basic drive modes on the vehicle: Sport+, Sport, Comfort, Eco, and Custom. You can
change the Acceleration, Regenerative braking, Suspension stiffness, Steering force, and Climate control
settings using the modes.
Sport+: Under normal circumstances, this mode provides the most
power with sensitive pedal response.
Sport: This mode is appropriate for daily driving, with
moderate pedal response and adequate power.
Comfort: With gentle accelerator response and smooth
acceleration, this mode is ideal for daily driving and riding.
Eco: The vehicle is powered by a single motor and has a
moderate accelerator response.
Custom: You can tailor the driving mode to your preferences by
adjusting the Acceleration, Steering force, Suspension stiffness, Climate control, and other parameters.
Drive modes can be selected to alter the vehicle's driving characteristic, improve your driving
experience, or accommodate your unique driving requirements in special cases.
Sport+
Sport
Comfort
Eco
Custom
Acceleration
4.5s
5.9s
7.9s
9.9s
4.5S, 5.9s, 7.9s, 9.9s, 12.9s
Regenerative braking
Low
Low
Low
Standard
Standard, Low, Very low
Suspension stiffness
Stiff
Standard
Soft
Soft
Stiff, Standard, Soft
Steering force
Steady
Standard
Comfort
Comfort
Steady, Standard, Comfort
Climate control
Standard
Standard
Standard
Eco
Standard, Eco
In Eco mode, the system prioritizes energy consumption savings for your vehicle. Compared to
other drive modes, the air conditioning's comfort level is slightly compromised. If necessary, you can set a
higher or lower temperature than what is set in other modes manually.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Drive Mode to enter the settings.
Scenario Assist
Snow Mode
Snow mode is appropriate for snow-covered roads, low-traction roads with a mixture of wet
asphalt, snow, and ice, as well as slippery grass.
When the mode is activated, the vehicle retains all-wheel drive, with power distributed evenly
to the front and rear wheels, and the accelerator pedal is relatively gentle, so as to guarantee a smooth
start and to avoid slipping on slippery surfaces such as ice, which secures the driving through snowy
terrain.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Snow Mode to turn this function on or off.
The Snow Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still drive
with caution, and depress the accelerator and brake pedal slowly to control your vehicle speed. Pay
attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding environment of your vehicle to avoid
damaging your vehicle.
Wetland Mode
Wet Mode is appropriate for slick hard asphalt or flooded roads, as well as congested, slick
sand and mud conditions.
Wet Mode increases stability and smoothness of the vehicle when starting, braking, and
cornering. The vehicle retains all-wheel drive, with power distributed evenly to the front and rear wheels
and with extremely low energy regeneration.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Wetland Mode to turn this function on or off.
The Wetland Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please
still drive with caution, and depress the accelerator and brake pedal slowly to control your
vehicle speed. Pay attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding environment
of your vehicle to avoid damaging your vehicle.
Do not drive your vehicle onto muddy or swampy roads to avoid getting stuck or
trapped.
Sand Mode
Sand Mode is appropriate for congested hard roadbed sandy soil and Gobi road surfaces.
Sand Mode smoothens the vehicle's starting and braking, allowing for some side-to-side slippage
while preventing bogging and retaining forward ability. To improve driving enjoyment in sandy conditions,
the vehicle retains all-wheel drive with increased power delivery to the rear axle, more aggressive power
delivery, and vehicle stability control with extremely low energy regeneration.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > Sand Mode to turn this function on or off.
The Sand Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still
drive with caution, and pay attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding
environment of your vehicle to avoid damaging your vehicle.
Please do not drive your vehicle into soft deserts and seaside beaches to avoid
getting stuck.
Trailer Mode
The vehicle automatically detects trailer connection and adjusts settings such as suspension
height, rearview mirror angle, driver assistance, and safety features to adapt to the towing scenario.
Before towing, please shift to the P gear, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the
bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Tow Hitch.
This will extend the tow hitch. When a trailer is towed, Trailer Mode must always be active. When you
connect the trailer's electrical harness, the vehicle will enable Trailer Mode after you confirm. Trailer
Mode is deactivated when the trailer's electrical harness is disconnected. To manually enable or exit
Trailer Mode, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Driving and Parking > Trailer Mode. One of the following indicators is
displayed on the instrument panel at this time:
Icon
Description
The vehicle has detected the connection of the trailer lights, but Trailer Mode is
not activated. The vehicle may already have an accessory connected.
The vehicle has detected an electrical connection fault with the trailer lights.
Some or all of the trailer lights may be faulty. To ensure your safety, pull over as soon as
possible and check the wiring or connection of the trailer lights for faults. If the problem has
been resolved but the red icon is still on, please try turning off Trailer Mode and then turning it
on again.
Warning拖车前,务必检查拖车模式是否已启用。
Before towing, be sure to check that the Tow Mode is on.
Under no circumstances should the Tow Mode be exited during the towing process. Doing
so may result in serious injury and/or death.
Do not use the ride height adjustment setting on the center display to properly match
the height of the towing device to the height of the trailer.
Note启用拖车模式时,某些 PILOT 功能(转向、召唤、车道辅助等)以及脚踢传感器、便利进出、超声波传感器功能可能不可用。
Some PILOT features (Steering Assist,Active Lane Change, etc.) as well as kick
sensors, easy entry, and ultrasonic sensors may not be available in the Trailer Mode.
Please connect your vehicle to a trailer under the normal ride height. If you enter
the Trailer Mode under an abnormal ride height, the ride height will be automatically adjusted
to normal.
ECO+ Mode
The power consumption of the vehicle can be reduced to attain greater range by disabling
features that are not required for driving to meet the driving needs at the minimum.
In ECO+ Mode, the vehicle's top speed is constrained, driver assistance and other features are
momentarily inaccessible, and comfort features like air conditioning and ambient lighting are also
restricted.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driving and Parking > ECO+ Mode to turn this function on or off.
You can switch to any regular drive mode or exit the ECO+ Mode by tapping the button again.
Feature Settings
Autohold
The function of Autohold is to keep the vehicle stationary for temporary parking when the brake
pedal is released.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driving and Parking > How to Activate Autohold and select the corresponding
method to activate Autohold.
Flooring: Step on the brake pedal until the vehicle stops, then slightly release and step
on the pedal again to activate Autohold.
Auto activation: Step on the brake pedal until the vehicle stops, and then Autohold will be
automatically activated.
When Autohold is activated, the icon
will be displayed on the digital instrument cluster. When it is activated, you can step on the accelerator
pedal or the brake pedal to deactivate Autohold.
Caution当车辆处于后退挡(R 挡)时,自动激活的驻车方式不生效。仍需使用深踩激活的方式驻车。
The Autohold mode will not be enabled when the vehicle is in REVERSE (R gear). You still
need to use Full Press Activation to park.
You can also floor the brake pedal to activate Autohold in an emergency.
You can also activate Autohold when parking on an uphill road, where the braking system will
provide sufficient braking force to keep the vehicle stationary in accordance with the degree of the
slope.
Caution坡度不得超过20%。
The grade of the slope shall not exceed 20%.
Emergency Braking
In the event of a brake pedal failure, you can activate Emergency Braking by pressing the Park
gear button, which will produce full braking deceleration under normal circumstances to stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the Park gear button to activate Emergency Braking.
Release the Park gear button, or step on the accelerator pedal to deactivate Emergency
Braking. To re-activate Emergency Braking, you will need to press the button again.
Caution 只有遇到制动踏板失灵或卡滞等紧急情况,才需要激活应急制动功能。
Do not activate Emergency Braking unless in emergency situations where the brake pedal
malfunctions or is stuck.
When you drive on large curves, uneven roads, or icy and snowy roads in winter, activating
the emergency braking function may cause your vehicle to spin or slip. Please drive with caution.
Hill Start Assist
Hill Start Assist System (HSA) prevents your vehicle from rolling backwards when starting
uphill.
When your foot switches from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal, the pressure on the
brake pedal will be maintained in the brake system for a maximum of 2 seconds. The temporary braking
effect will disappear after 2 seconds or when you accelerate.
Enhanced Head-Up Display System
The enhanced head-up display system (HUD) mirrors and projects relevant information such as the
vehicle speed, navigation, traffic signs, cruise signs, and Autohold through the front window glass above
the digital instrument cluster.
At certain angles, sunlight may lead to tiny bright specks on the windshield when refracted
and reflected by the front windshield and Heads-Up Display. These specks may disappear with changes in
light angle, driving direction, slope, etc.
When driving in the same direction for a long time, you can adjust the height of the
Heads-Up Display to get rid of these specks.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Display > Enhanced Head-Up Display (HUD) System to configure.
Turn On HUD
Active brightness adjustment
Height
Inclination
Once the height is set, the system will automatically memorize it.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Display > Switch Navigation Mode of HUD, and select different navigation
display modes to meet different information acquisition requirements.
Auto Mode: actively switches between Detailed Mode or Indirect Mode according to road
conditions
Detailed Mode: displays the driving route and current location in real time in the form of
a small map
Simple Mode: provides guidance information for road navigation only
Start Reminder
After the vehicle stops by following the lead vehicle, if the lead vehicle drives away, Start
Reminder will send you an alert.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Start Reminder to turn this function on or off.
While enabled, when you manually stop the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops, and do not follow
as the lead vehicle drives away, Start Reminder will send you an alert.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert serves as a reference only and cannot substitute your visual
observation. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions, and drive at
an appropriate and safe speed in compliance with applcable traffic laws and regulations.
Digital Video Recorder (DVR)
The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) function includes Rolling Recording, Emergencies and Quick Video
Record.
Caution停车下电后,行车记录仪不再工作。
The Digital Video Recorder does not work when the vehicle is parked and powered off.
Rolling Recording
The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) includes the main view angle and the front/rear/left/right
surround view angles, supporting simultaneous recording and real-time previews.
Main view angle: only records the main view angle of the camera, which supports a maximum
resolution of 3840x1696 and has a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
Five view angles: records all view angles of the camera, with four surround view cameras
that support a maximum resolution of 1280×1000 and have a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
The longest continuous rolling recording time for the main view angle of Digital Video Recorder
(DVR) is about 10 hours, and 5.7 hours for the five view angles. When the corresponding time is exceeded,
the original video file will be overwritten.
The contents of the rolling recording will be stored in the Photos >
DVR > Rolling Recording folder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage
device such as a USB flash drive, select the video file, and transfer it to save it in the storage device.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Safety > DVR to enable or disable this function.
When the function is enabled, will
be displayed at the top of the center display.
When the function is disabled,
will be displayed at the top of the center display.
The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) supports sound recording and watermarking functions, which are
disabled by default and need to be enabled manually.
In the Settings for the recording interface of the Digital Video Recorder (DVR), Tap Sound Recording to enable or disable the function.
In the Settings for the recording interface of the Digital Video Recorder (DVR), Tap Traffic Data Watermarking to enable or disable the function.
When the sound recording function is enabled, will be displayed at the top of the center display, and the Digital Video Recorder (DVR) can
record sound.
When the Digital Video Recorder (DVR) function is enabled, the camera will be turned on and
continue to record rolling videos until the video recording is terminated.
Emergency Video Recording
The emergency video recording function can record video images in the vehicle's memory. If the
Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) is triggered or the airbag is detonated, the emergency video will be
recorded and saved.
The emergency videos include videos recorded 30 seconds before the emergency and 60 seconds
after the emergency. The contents of the emergency video recording will be stored in the Photos > Digital Video Recorder (DVR) > Emergency folder. If you want to
save a specific video file, insert a storage device such as a USB flash drive, select the file, and
transfer it to save it in the storage device.
Quick Video Record
The Quick Video Record function covers most manually triggered scenarios, such as a violation
of regulations, deliberate provocations, fun, etc., which can be saved in time, recorded conveniently and
found quickly.
Go to the Quick Access page by swiping right on the home page of the center display, tap
Quick Video Record to start recording, while is displayed at the top of the center display.
The quick video recording saves videos recorded 30 seconds before and 60 seconds after it is
triggered. The contents of the quick video recording will be stored in the Photos
> DVR > Emergencies folder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage
device such as a USB flash drive, select the file, and transfer it to save it in the storage device.
The storage space for emergency videos will not be cyclically overwritten, and manual
cleaning is required when the storage space is full. Otherwise, the video recording function will be
affected.
Pedestrian Warning Sound
When your vehicle is traveling at low speeds (typically lower than 30 km/h), it emits a sound to
alert other road users in the surrounding area, such as pedestrians and other vehicles.
Parking Camera and Parking Assist
Parking Assist monitors the surrounding conditions of vehicles at low speeds through ultrasonic
sensors to help you drive safely.
During parking, your vehicle will warn you with warning tones and images according to the
distance between obstacles and the front or rear of the vehicle.
Distance
Frequency of the warning tones
Color
1.2-1.5m
None
White
0.9-1.2m
0, 1, 2 times per second
White
0.6-0.9m
0, 2, 3 times per second
Orange
0.3-0.6m
3, 4, 5 times per second
Orange
Less than 0.3m
High-frequency beeps
Red
Caution爱车前方和后方报警区域不超过1.5 米。
The front and rear alarm areas of your vehicle shall not exceed 1.5 meters.
Parking Assist serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual observation.
As a driving assist feature, Parking Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your
own decision on whether to use Parking Assist only after your safety is ensured.
It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
complies with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Parking Camera
You can enable the parking camera in the following ways:
Swipe right from the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Access page, and
tap 360 Surround View to open the 360° panoramic camera.
Enter the application center from the center display and tap Parking
to open the memory view (360° panoramic camera or dual view camera).
Engage the vehicle in R gear and open the memory view (360° panoramic camera or dual view
camera).
Press and hold the Middle button on the right side of the steering wheel, set the custom
function to 360 Surround View, and then open the 360° panoramic camera.
Wake up NOMI, enable Parking with your voice, and open the
360° panoramic camera.
You can tap on the upper right side of the parking camera interface and select to turn off the
warning tone. At the same time, you should bear all the risks caused by turning off the warning tone.
Parking Camera will be automatically disabled when your vehicle is in PARK or moving faster
than 21 km/h.
You can also disable Parking Camera manually by grabbing with five fingers on the center
display or by tapping the Off button in the upper left.
WarningThe ultrasonic sensor may have limited detection capabilities and information such
as "Front Parking Radar Failure", "Rear Parking Radar Failure", "Parking Radar System Failure" may be
displayed in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The ultrasonic sensor may have limited detection capabilities and information such as
"Front Parking Radar Failure", "Rear Parking Radar Failure", "Parking Radar System Failure" may be
displayed in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misplaced, or obscured (such as by mud, ice
and snow or vehicle covering).
The performance of the ultrasonic sensors is affected by severe weather such as rain,
snow, fog, and haze.
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or devices that can cause
interference.
CautionIn some situations, the ultrasonic sensor may give false alarms due to its
characteristics. This will disappear as road conditions change and will not affect the normal driving
of your vehicle.
In some situations, the ultrasonic sensor may give false alarms due to its characteristics.
This will disappear as road conditions change and will not affect the normal driving of your vehicle.
Which include but are not limited to:
Rough asphalt, cement or cobble pavement, waterlogged roads and other types of uneven
pavement.
Induction coils and other items embedded in the road.
Interference caused by large vehicles, construction machinery and other equipment
nearby.
Ultrasonic sensor detection may be restricted for certain obstacles, including obstacles
that are low or narrow, or which come from the top or side of the vehicle. In these cases, you should
always pay attention to your surroundings. Failure to do so may result in property damage or personal
injury. These obstacles include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians, children, and animals
Open parking locks, low stone blocks, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects,
potholes, etc.
Height restriction barriers, height bars, or suspended structures
Obstacles on the side of the vehicle’s body that may cause a collision or scratches
Bicycles, corners of walls and square columns in parking lots, etc.
Parking Camera Interface
The parking camera consists of two interfaces: 360° panoramic camera and dual view camera. Tap
the button on the upper left side of the 360° panoramic camera to switch the interfaces.
Button
Function
Switch to the dual view camera.
Switch to the 360° panoramic camera.
Switch to the Quick Control.
Switch to the hub view.
Parking Camera View
After opening the dual view camera interface, you can switch to the front view and rear view by
switching between the drive gear (D gear) and the reverse gear (R gear), or tap the 3D view, front view,
rear view, left and right hub view, front hub view and rear hub view in the lower left area of the center
display to switch between different views.
When using the 3D view, you can adjust the viewing angle by swiping with one finger, adjust the
viewing distance by zooming in with two fingers and adjust the viewing height by swiping up and down with
two fingers.
When the center display shows the left/right wheel view, front wheel view, or rear wheel
view, the parking view will not change when you shift gears.
Adjusting the Brightness of the Parking Camera
Auto Adjustment
Tap "Quick Control" in the parking camera interface to find "Brightness Adjustment", then
select "Auto". The brightness of the center display can be automatically adjusted along with the
brightness of the environment.
Manual Adjustment
Tap "Quick Control" in the parking camera interface to find "Brightness Adjustment", then slide
the brightness adjustment slider to manually adjust the brightness of the center display. Before manually
adjusting the brightness of the center display, please ensure that the "Auto" switch is OFF.
Camera View Angle Tracking in Steering
After the function is activated, the viewing angle of the front and rear reversing images will
be adjusted according to the rotation angle of the steering wheel, helping users expand their reversing
view and improving parking safety.
Enter the application center from the bottom of the center display, tap Parking, and turn on Steering Angle Tracking in the
parking settings.
Dynamic Transparent Chassis
Dynamic transparent chassis refers to a transparent effect that can be presented, via technical
processing, on the road images collected by the camera in advance when the vehicle is moving, and
transmitted to the center display of the vehicle so that the road conditions can be seen in the vehicle.
You can enable this function on the Settings interface of the parking camera. After the dynamic
transparent chassis is enabled, the transparency of the model during driving can be customized, which
includes four options: "opaque", "low", "medium" and "high".
The Dynamic Transparent Chassis cannot detect possible environmental changes under the
chassis when the vehicle is stationary. Please drive with caution and always pay attention to your
surroundings to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Blind Area around the Vehicle Model
Due to the relative relationship between the camera installation position and the body, there
is a blind area of about 30cm around the vehicle in the 360° panoramic camera interface. Please pay
attention to the actual situation around your vehicle when parking.
The blind spot indication shown in the surround view image serves as a reference only, and
cannot substitute your visual observation.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and park the vehicle only
after your safety is ensured.
Due to the existence of blind spots, some low objects close to the vehicle may not be fully
displayed. Please pay attention and drive carefully.
Seat Belts
Seat Belt Instructions
Seat belts are the primary passenger safety protection system which can protect passengers from
serious injury in the event of an accident especially when used with airbags.
There are pre-tensioners for both the front and both outer rear seats of the vehicle. This kind
of device provides a certain pretension force for the seat belt in the event of a serious collision. They
retract part of the seat belt quickly to protect passengers reliably. At the same time, they prevent
excessive restraint force of the seat belts that could cause injury to passengers.
Warning不系安全带或未正确佩戴安全带可能带来严重的人员伤亡,请务必正确佩戴安全带。
If the seat belt is not fastened or correctly fastened, serious injury or death may
occur as a result. Always fasten your seat belt correctly.
Do not unfasten your seat belt while your vehicle is in motion. Otherwise, serious
injury may occur in the event of an accident.
Please keep your seat belt clean, and avoid blocking the socket with foreign objects.
Otherwise, the seat belt will not be able to be buckled reliably.
Before use, please check your seat belt and its fixing mechanism carefully for damage
and aging. If there is any damage, never continue using it, and replace your seat belt
immediately.
Do not repair damaged seat belts by yourself. Do not remove or install seat belts by
yourself under any circumstances.
Do not share one seat belt with another person (such as holding a child), or it may
cause secondary injury to passengers in the event of an accident.
A seat belt that is stretched and deformed during an accident has lost its safety
protection function. Even if its surface is not damaged, it shall be replaced immediately.
Once the pretension force limiting device of the seat belt is triggered during an
accident, it shall be replaced immediately. In some accidents, even if the pretension force
limiting device is not triggered, it is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center for inspection
and have it replaced if necessary.
Please do not tilt your backrest too far back. Otherwise, the protective function of
your seat belt will be seriously affected.
Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light
All seats in your vehicle are equipped with seat belts.
When you, as a driver, are seated in the driver's seat (and the driver's door is closed or the
brake pedal is depressed) or your vehicle is driving, if the front passenger does not fasten his/her seat
belt, the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light on
the digital instrument cluster will illuminate to remind you and the front passenger to fasten his/her
seat belt immediately.
When a front row seat belt is not fastened:
If your vehicle speed is above 22 km/h and his/her seat belt is still not fastened, the
Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light will flash and the audible warning will sound. After his/her seat
belt is fastened, the warning light and audible warning will stop;
If the seat belt remains unfastened, the audible warning will stop after 95 seconds, but
the warning light will be steadily on.
When you, as a driver, are seated in the driver's seat (and the driver's door is closed or the
brake pedal is depressed), if a rear row passenger does not fasten his/her seat belt, the corresponding
Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light on the
digital instrument cluster will illuminate to remind the rear row passenger to fasten his/her seat belt
immediately. The warning light will go out after the seat belt is fastened.
When a rear row seat belt is not fastened:
If your vehicle speed is above 22 km/h and a rear row passenger releases his/her seat
belt, the audible warning will sound at the same time when the Seat Belt Unfastened Warning Light
illuminates. This warning light will go out after all seat belts are fastened.
If the rear row seat belt remains unfastened, the audible warning will stop after 33
seconds, but the warning light will be steadily on.
Warning若安全带未系报警功能异常,请勿使用相关座椅,并请立即联系服务中心检查安全带功能。
If the seat belt reminder malfunctions, do not use the seat and contact NIO immediately for
inspection.
Use of Seat Belts
The correct use of seat belt is as follows:
Pull the seat belt tongue across the front of your body. The upper part of the seat belt
shall be across your shoulder, and the lower part of the seat belt shall be across your hip. Do not
put the seat belt across your neck or abdomen. Insert the tongue into the buckle for the same seat
until you hear a click. Pull the seat belt to confirm that the seat belt is locked.
Press+hold the seat belt height adjustment button and move the seat belt up and down to
adjust the seat belt height. After the seat belt reaches a comfortable height, release the
adjustment button. After the height is adjusted, pull the seat belt shoulder part to confirm that
the seat belt is locked.
To release the seat belt, press the red button at the buckle, and the tongue will pop out. Now
the seat belt can be retracted by hand. The tongue can be rolled back automatically into the upper fixing
device of the seat belt.
Ensure that the backrest and head restraint are positioned correctly before wearing a
seat belt, so that the seat belt can protect the occupant to the fullest extent possible.
A seat belt that is either too loose or too tight can cause injury if a collision occurs.
For a pregnant occupant, the seat belt must rest evenly across the chest and as low and
flat as possible across the hips. Failure to do so can cause severe injury to both the unborn fetus
and the mother if the seat belt tightens in the event of an accident.
Airbags
Information about Airbag System
Airbags serve as an auxiliary restraint system, complementing the seat belts. Airbags quickly
deploy in serious accidents to protect the head and chest of passengers and reduce the severity of injury.
However, they do not prevent limb injuries or scrapes and bruises. Therefore, the airbags should be used
together with the seat belt to provide maximum protection.
Your vehicle is equipped with collision sensors. In case of a frontal or side collision that
meets the conditions (depending on the type, angle and object of collision) for the airbag system to
deploy, the airbags will deploy from their position. The gas generator inside the airbag will ignite and
release gas at high pressure to blow open the cover of the airbag. Gas will fill the airbag to form a
buffer protection layer that protects passengers, thereby reducing the risk of injury or death.
The vehicle airbag system includes frontal airbags and side airbags. The word "AIRBAG" is
marked on the places where the airbag is placed to remind you that there is an airbag herein.
The frontal airbags include the front row head airbags, which are located in the trim cover
of the steering wheel and at the ceiling of the front passenger side;
The side airbags include the front side airbags (located on both sides of the driver's seat
and the outside of the front passenger seat) and the curtain airbags (located above the doors on both
sides, in the ceiling area from the A-pillar to the C-pillar).
Airbags, as an auxiliary safety feature, cannot replace seat belts for protection. They
can only provide optimum protection for passengers when used in conjunction with seat belts. As a
result, all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts and maintain a proper sitting
posture.
The driver must keep at least 25 centimeters between his or her chest and the steering
wheel when driving to prevent direct harm from the airbag deployment's impact force.
Children are not allowed to sit in the front passenger seat unless the airbag of that
seat is disabled. Children may get catastrophic injuries from the strong impact force produced by
airbag deployment during a collision.
Don't pile things in the front passenger seat. These objects may penetrate the airbag's
deployment zone during emergency braking, which increases the risk of injury to the passenger when
the airbag is activated.
The protective airbag can only be activated once. Please replace the airbag if it has
previously been activated. Please visit the NIO Service Center as soon as possible to inspect the
airbag system and, if necessary, replace it to ensure that the airbag system functions normally,
even if the airbag did not deploy in some collision accidents.
If the airbag cover plate is cracked or damaged, please refrain from driving and
promptly reach out to the NIO Service Center for assistance.
Please visit the NIO Service Center to replace your vehicle's airbag system if it
hasn't been activated within ten years of the production date. When transferring your vehicle, all
pertinent documentation must be retained and provided to the new owner together with the vehicle
if the airbag system has been adapted. When replacing airbags, never use ones that have been
removed or recycled from used vehicles.
Unauthorized disassembly and assembly of airbag components, including airbag labels, is
strictly prohibited.
When an airbag deploys, smoke and powder are produced, both of which are non-toxic but
may still cause discomfort to individuals.
In order to prevent the seat covers from impairing the protective effect of the
airbags, please avoid installing seat coverings on the side of the front seats where the airbags
are located.
Items should not be placed within the range of curtain airbag deployment (for example,
on pillars, headliners, or handles). Passengers must not lean against the door to avoid injuries
caused by the deployment of curtain airbags.
Do not hang any heavy items (such as hangers, fruit, or glass bottles) on the coat hook
next to the door, to avoid injury from the curtain airbags deploying.
Please avoid placing any body parts, such as feet or knees, on or near the airbag cover
plate to ensure the airbag's proper operation and prevent injuries during deployment.
Additionally, refrain from placing or attaching objects to the airbag cover plate.
Please do not mount any electronic devices (such as ETC devices) on the front passenger
side windshield to avoid injuries caused by the deployment of the front passenger side head airbag
installed in the headliner.
Do not place, hang, or install any items above or near the instrument cluster on the
front passenger side to avoid injuries resulting from the deployment of the airbag.
Do not modify your vehicle's headliner to avoid interfering with the normal operation
of the head airbag and curtain airbag on the front passenger side, as well as injuries caused by
airbag deployment.
Do not position or hang any heavy or sharp objects on the sun visor on the front
passenger side, to avoid injuries caused by the deployment of the head airbag installed in the
headliner on the front passenger side.
The smoke and dust produced during the rapid deployment of airbags can cause
irritation, burns, and scalding to your skin and eyes. In addition, the airbag fibers produced
during airbag deployment can potentially cause skin abrasions and irritation.
Airbag Deployment Conditions
The airbag may deploy in the following conditions:
High speed frontal impact with a wall or vehicle.
Impact with hard roadbed.
Falling into a deep ditch.
Side impact by a vehicle traveling at a high speed.
Landing on the road with a violent jolt.
The airbags may not deploy in some collision situations, including but not limited to the
following situations. Please use seat belts correctly for protection.
Impact with a tree, pillar or other slender objects.
Rear-end collision by a following vehicle.
Lateral rollover.
Collision or intrusion into the rear of a truck
Collision with a vehicle from the side at the nose of the vehicle.
Collision with a wall from the side at the nose of the vehicle.
Side collision with a pillar.
Side collision at the front of the vehicle at a certain angle.
Side collision on the body of the vehicle at a certain angle.
Partial side collision.
Partial side collision.
Airbag Warning Light
The airbag warning light indicating
the airbag status is displayed on the digital instrument cluster. If this warning light is on after the
digital instrument cluster is started, please stop using your vehicle and contact the NIO Service Center
immediately.
Deactivating the Front Passenger Airbag
Because the airbag expands rapidly and has a large impact force when it deploys, it is safer
for the front passenger to stay at least 25 centimeters away from the front airbag. However, if a child or
a passenger with special medical needs must ride in the front row, go to the Settings interface in the
control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Security > Front Passenger
Airbag, and select the option to turn off the front passenger airbag. At this time, the icon
appears at the top of the center display to
remind you that the front passenger airbag has been disabled to prevent the front passenger airbag from
causing serious injury to the special front passenger.
Safety Measures after Airbag Deployment
When the vehicle has a collision and the airbags deploy, the vehicle will automatically
implement some safety measures to protect the occupants in the vehicle:
Unlock all doors to ensure that passengers in the vehicle or rescue personnel can open
the doors.
Turn on the hazard warning lights to show the vehicle position and warn vehicles coming
from behind.
Cut off the high-voltage power supply to protect occupants.
Open the windows to prevent occupants from being trapped if the vehicle falls into water.
Turn off the steering wheel and seat memory features to avoid being adjusted to a
position where the driver is trapped.
Turn on the interior reading lights in the vehicle to facilitate rescue at night.
Child Locks
The child locks are deactivated by default. They need to be set up to be activated. Go to the
Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors to see the settings for the child locks.
Manually Activate and Deactivate Door/Window Child Locks
Tap Rear Door/Window Child Locks. ON represents that this feature is activated, and OFF represents that this feature is deactivated.
If the child lock of the corresponding door/window fails to be activated or deactivated, a
pop-up reminder will appear on the center display. Repeat the above procedure until it is successful.
Caution儿童锁开启时,请勿单独将儿童留在车内,以免造成意外伤害。
When Child Protection Locks are on, please do not leave children unattended in the
vehicle. Doing so may result in injury or death.
After turning on Child Protection Locks, please check their status again.
Child Safety Seat
When a child under 12 years old or with a height less than 1.5 meters rides in your vehicle,
always install a child safety seat or booster cushion. Please have the child sit in the child safety seat or
booster cushion instead of holding him or letting him sit on an adult's lap to fully protect the child.
Only child safety seats that are approved for children and comply with relevant regulations or
standards are allowed to be used. Check the markings on the child safety seat when selecting a child safety
seat.
When installing and using a child safety seat, follow the relevant laws and regulations, the
instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer and the instructions on the safety of children in this
user manual.
Important Instructions for Using Child Safety Seats
Proper use of child safety seats will greatly reduce the risk of injury to children and
reduce the severity of injury in accidents. Please be aware of the following when using child safety
seats:
We advise not to install a child safety seat in the middle seat of the rear row.
When installing a seat belt type child safety seat in the front passenger seat, adjust
the front passenger seat to its highest position.
Children must use child safety seats, maintain a correct posture and have their seat
belts fastened during their ride.
Never let your child ride without protection.
One child safety seat cannot be shared by 2 or more children.
Do not ride with a child in your arms.
Hard or sharp objects may injure a child in an accident. Keep them away from the child
safety seat.
If a rearward-facing child safety seat is installed in the rear seat of your vehicle, it
is necessary to adjust the corresponding front seat forward as appropriate. If a forward-facing
child safety seat is installed on the rear seat of your vehicle, it may be necessary to adjust the
height of the seat headrest.
Children need to be supervised by adults when sitting in child safety seats. Never leave
children alone in your vehicle.
Do not let children stand in your vehicle or kneel on the seat during driving. A standing
or kneeling child could be thrown forward during an accident, which may lead to injury or death to
the child or another passenger.
The instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer on the correct use of the seat
belt must be observed. Proper fastening of seat belts can make full use of the protection afforded
by the child safety seat.
In case of collision or emergency braking, a child safety seat that is not properly
installed and fixed in place could move and injure other passengers in your vehicle. Therefore, even
when the child safety seat is not in use, it must also be properly installed and secured in your
vehicle.
When a child is riding in the child safety seat, do not let him lean his head or body
against the door, the side of the seat or the pillar, or below the roof beam. In case of an
accident, side airbags or curtain airbags will deploy in those areas, increasing the risk of injury
to the child.
Child Safety Seat Grouping
Only a child safety seat that is approved and suitable for the child is allowed to be used.
Children taller than 1.5 meters can use the vehicle seat belts as would an adult. If a child safety seat
needs to be used, it must comply with relevant regulations or standards.
Table 1. CRS Table
Seat position
Driver
1st row passenger
2nd row left
2nd row middle
2nd row right
Passenger Airbag OFF
Passenger Airbag ON
Seating position suitable for universal belts (yes/no)
N/A
Yes (*a)
No
Yes
Yes (*b)
Yes
i-Size seating position (yes/no)
N/A
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Seating position suitable for lateral fixture (L1/L2)*
N/A
No
No
No
No
No
Largest suitable rearward-facing fixture (R1/R2X/R2/R3)*
N/A
No
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
Largest suitable forward-facing fixture (F1/F2X/F2/F3)*
N/A
No
No
F2X/F2/F3
No
F2X/F2/F3
Largest suitable booster cushion fixture (B2/B3)*
N/A
No
No
B2/B3
No
B2/B3
Suitable for support leg
N/A
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Note:
*The child seat category is defined according to ECE R16/R44/R129, you can find the
category of child seat on it's specification. The child restraint system must be appropriate to
the age, weight and size of the child.
(a) If it is absolutely necessary for you to install a child seat to the front
passenger seat, be sure to turn passenger airbag off. Adjust front passenger seat to highest
position before installing universal CRS on it. Adjust or remove headrest if it blocks the
adjustment of CRS.
(b) It is forbidden to install a child seat with a support base or with a support leg
on the middle seat of the 2 nd row.
Table 2. Recommended Child Restraints
by NIO
Group
Manufacturer
Model
Attachment
0 & 0+
Besafe
iZi CombiX4 ISOfix
ISOFIX mounted with support leg, rearward facing.
Up to 13 kg
I
9-18 kg
II
Cybex
Solution Z i-Fix
ISOFIX with seat belt, forward facing.
15-25 kg
III
Graco
Booster Basic
with seat belt, forward facing
22-36 kg
NIO recommend to put your kids in corresponding CRS on the 2 nd row outer seating position, and CRS should be mounted to vehicle with
ISOFIX, support leg or seat belt. In order to have the best protection for your younger kids, kids
weight under 18 kg please use recommended rearward-facing CRS.
Q6 recommended CRS: Cybex Solution Z i-Fix
Q10 recommended CRS: Graco Booster Basic
Selection of Child Safety Seat
There is a warning label for the front row airbag on the sun visor on the front passenger side.
To place a child safety seat in the front row seat, you need to disable the front passenger
airbag. Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Security > Front Passenger Airbag, and turn off the front passenger airbag.
After doing so, the icon appears at the top of
the center display to remind you that the front passenger airbag is disabled.
Children should use a child safety seat or seat belt in either outer rear seat according to the
age, height and weight of the child:
Reclining child safety seats should be used for infants weighing less than 13 kg. They
should be installed rearwards in rear seats whenever possible.
Child safety seats with safety platforms or five-point seat belts should be used for
children with a weight of 9-18 kg. It is recommended to install them rearwards in rear seats.
Forward-facing child safety seats should be used for children with a weight of 15-25 kg.
They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
Child booster cushions should be used for children with a weight of 22-36 kg and a height
less than 1.5 meters. They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
The upper belt must lay flat across the shoulder and chest, and never lay across the neck;
the lower belt must lay flat across the pelvis, and never lay across the abdomen.
Installation of Child Safety Seat
Before installing a child safety seat, please read the instructions for the child safety seat
carefully to confirm that it can be installed in your vehicle. If the vehicle seat belt or ISOFIX
connection can be used to fix the child safety seat according to the installation method of the child
safety seat, it is recommended to use the ISOFIX connection preferentially.
Securing with Vehicle Seat Belt
Install the child safety seat in the rear seat, put the vehicle seat belt through the child
safety seat and insert the tongue into the buckle. Make sure that the seat belt is straight, not
twisted. Pull the seat belt to confirm that it cannot be pulled out.
Securing with ISOFIX Connection
Both outer rear seats in your vehicle are equipped with ISOFIX connections suitable for
installing child safety seats. The ISOFIX connection is hidden under the cover between the seat back
and the seat cushion. After opening the cover, insert it into the gap between the seat back and the
cushion, and then use the ISOFIX connection to install the child safety seat.
Lift the cover between the seat back and the seat cushion, and insert the lower part of
the child safety seat into the hook in the ISOFIX connection until you hear a click.
Pass the upper fixing belt of the child safety seat under the seat headrest and connect
it with the hook in the safety device at the back of the rear seat.
Pull the child safety seat hard to check whether it is firmly installed.
The ISOFIX attachment points are designed solely for child safety seats with the ISOFIX
system. To avoid injury, never secure other objects to ISOFIX.
Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions and this manual when
installing and removing a child safety seat. Improper usage can result in injury to your child or
other passengers.
Multi Collision Braking (MCB)
Multi Collision Braking (MCB) comes standard on EL6. In certain types of collisions, the vehicle
applies brakes to help prevent or mitigate a secondary collision. To help avoid or mitigate a secondary
collision, the brakes are applied automatically to assist in braking the vehicle to a stop. After the
vehicle has come to a standstill, the brake lights and hazard warning flashers will be activated and the
flashers will remain on. Then the electrical parking brake will be applied automatically.
In a situation where stopping the vehicle may not be desirable, you can override this operation
by depressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature can only function when the braking system is sufficiently intact after the
collision.
Pet Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of
the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Pet Mode to turn on the
pet mode. You can keep your pets in your vehicle when necessary. After you lock your vehicle and leave, your
vehicle will maintain an appropriate temperature to ensure the safety of your pets and vehicle. You can
manually turn off the Pet Mode on the center display or in your mobile app when necessary.
After you set the Pet Mode to ON, when you successfully lock your vehicle, the air conditioning
air volume, the ventilation mode and the internal and external circulation will enter automatic mode (the
temperature in your vehicle is 22 ℃ by default and can be manually set). The center display will display the
cabin temperature and a prompt stating that pets have been intentionally left in the vehicle. The brightness
of the instrument panel display and HUD display will be adjusted to the
minimum, and the brightness of the center display will be adjusted to 50%. At this time, the NOMI voice
wake-up function will be disabled, the window adjustment button will not be available, and the
Child-Protection Lock will be activated for the rear doors and windows to ensure the safety of your pets and
vehicle.
The Pet Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the
previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution宠物模式
Pet Mode is only for the temporary placement of pets. Please do not leave children
alone in your vehicle.
It is not possible to activate Pet Mode simultaneously with Power-Keep Mode or Camping
Mode.
After Pet Mode is activated, Guardian Mode and Remote View of the Situation Around the
Vehicle are temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Pet Mode is exited and your
vehicle is locked.
After Pet Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot be
performed for your vehicle.
Pet Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in Park gear and all four doors are
closed. If your vehicle is in Neutral gear, Pet Mode cannot be activated.
After Pet Mode is activated, you will be prompted with a message that your pets are in
your vehicle through your mobile APP every two hours. If the current remainder range of your
vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not being charged, you will be prompted by a message;
if the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 10 kilometers, Pet Mode will be
automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode to protect your pets.
If the high voltage system or climate control system of your vehicle is abnormal, Pet
Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode to protect
your pets.
Power-Keep Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings page from the left side of the control bar at
the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Power-Keep
Mode to turn on walk-away hold mode. When you need to leave the vehicle temporarily (such as when
buying coffee or breakfast, etc.), you can keep the cabin in a comfortable state so that you can have a
comfortable ride when you come back. You can manually turn off the Power-Keep Mode on the center display or
in the when needed.
When the Power-Keep Mode is set, after you have locked up the vehicle, the air conditioning
settings, seat heating, seat ventilation, seat massage and wiper status will all remain unchanged when you
leave the vehicle. You can set up the duration for the Power-Keep Mode and lighting. While the vehicle is in
this mode, NOMI voice wake-up is disabled. After reaching the set duration time, it will be automatically
disabled.
The Power-Keep Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain
the previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution离车不下电模式
Power-Keep Mode is only designed to maintain a comfortable interior climate during a
temporary walk-away. Do not leave children and pets alone in your vehicle.
It is not possible to activate Power-Keep Mode simultaneously with Pet Mode or Camping
Mode.
After Power-Keep Mode is activated, Guardian Mode and Remote View of the Situation
Around the Vehicle are temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Power-Keep Mode is
exited and your vehicle is locked.
Power-Keep Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in Park gear. If your
vehicle is in Neutral gear, Power-Keep Mode cannot be activated.
After Power-Keep Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot
be performed for your vehicle.
If the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not
being charged, you will be prompted by a message; if the current remainder range of your vehicle
is less than 10 kilometers, Power-Keep Mode will be automatically exited.
If the high voltage system or climate control system of your vehicle is abnormal,
Power-Keep Mode will be automatically exited.
Camping Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings page on the left side of the control bar at
the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Camping
Mode to turn on the camping mode. When you need to use the interior power supply for a long time
(e.g. when camping outdoors), a safe and comfortable camping experience will be achieved. You can manually
turn off the Camping Mode on the center display or in the mobile app when needed.
When Camping Mode is on, the air conditioning is turned on, with front and rear row temperature
at 25℃ by default, the air circulation is turned on, the air purification is adjusted to Silent mode, at the
same time, all screens inside the car go off according to the screen off delay time you set, the interior
lighting and doors/windows are adjusted according to the setting options, and the Hands-Free Liftgate
function is automatically turned off. NOMI enters Do Not Disturb mode at the same time.
The Camping Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the
previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution露营模式
It is not possible to activate Camping Mode simultaneously with Pet Mode or Power-Keep
Mode.
Camping Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in Park gear. If your vehicle
is in Neutral gear, Camping Mode cannot be activated.
After Camping Mode is activated, Guardian Mode and Remote View of the Situation Around
the Vehicle are temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Camping Mode is exited and
your vehicle is locked.
After Camping Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot be
performed for your vehicle, and the functions of Walk Up Unlock and Walk Away Lock will be
temporarily turned off. They will be resumed after exiting the camping mode. In this mode, it is
recommended to turn on the air conditioner to maintain air circulation.
If the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not
being charged, you will be prompted by a message; if the current remainder range of your vehicle
is less than 10 kilometers, Camping Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be
opened to enter Ajar Mode.
When Camping Mode is on and the car is locked from inside, if someone opens the door
from inside and leaves the car, the center display in the car will light up, and a message will be
displayed to remind anyone left in the car of the vehicle's unlocked status.
If the high voltage system or climate control system of your vehicle is abnormal,
Camping Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode.
When Camping Mode is on, the Hands-Free Liftgate function will be automatically turned
off.
Child Presence Detection (CPD)
As an auxiliary function for the safety of children, Child Presence Detection (CPD) can
effectively remind users when children are left alone in the vehicle, and gives a high-frequency reminder
for a short period of time, reducing the likelihood of incidents caused by users forgetting their children.
The camera and other sensors in the vehicle will detect the presence of children after the user
locks the vehicle. If any child is left alone in the vehicle, it will remind the user by means of hazard
warning flasher, ringer & alerts, mobile APP messages, etc.
You can enable/disable this function in Settings > Security > Child
Presence Detection (CPD). When this function is enabled, in the event of a hardware failure
(including in-vehicle camera, radar or air conditioning, etc.), the status icon will be displayed at the top of the center display, and
corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped; in the events such as when the camera is
covered, the status icon will be displayed
at the top of the center display, and corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped.
CautionChild Presence Detection (CPD)
As an auxiliary safety function, Child Presence Detection (CPD) is mainly used for
detecting and reminding you that children have been left behind in the rear row. Since there is a
possibility that it will fail to detect or mis-detect the presence of children, it cannot be solely
used for child protection. It is not recommended that you leave children alone in your vehicle.
Please return to the vehicle as soon as possible to take care of the children after
receiving notifications via SMS or the mobile app, so as to make sure that the children are safe in
the vehicle.
Alcohol Interlock
The purpose of alcohol interlocks is to enhance traffic safety by preventing anyone with alcohol
concentration exceeding a set limit value from driving a motor vehicle.
Before you install the interlock, the following safety risks should be considered:
With your vehicle in the P gear, turn off the high voltage power supply (to cut off the high
voltage circuit, disconnect the emergency high voltage cutoff plug located under the hood near the
coolant reservoir, and then disconnect the cable connected to the negative terminal of the 12V battery).
The responsibility for the safe installation will remain on the alcohol interlock installer.
The alcohol interlock electrical plug is located below the front right seat. The alcohol
interlock is connected as follows:
Move the right seat to its foremost top position.
Lift the carpet and the alcohol interlock cover, and take out the electrical plug of the
alcohol interlock.
Connect the alcohol interlock electrical plug and the alcohol interlock handset.
Mount the alcohol interlock handset and the alcohol interlock control unit under the console
box.
NoteInstructions on Alcohol Interlock
After installing the alcohol interlock, no visual or audible indication will be given from
the vehicle, but the alcohol interlock handset will show the operation instructions.
Warning请勿自行拆卸酒精锁设备。如需要拆卸,请联系蔚来汽车服务中心。
Do not remove the alcohol interlock by yourself. If you need to remove the alcohol interlock,
please contact the NIO Service Center.
The alcohol interlock connection schematics are as follows:
Function
Cable or pin
Position of connection
1
Battery feed (KL30), uninterrupted
For nominal 12 V, the alcohol interlock requires
Gray Cable
Pin 1
0.5 mm²
In Instrument Electrical Center box under front passenger foot pedal
2
Ground
Black Cable
Pin 2
0.5 mm²
Under driver's seat for Left Driver and under front passenger seat for Right Driver
3c
Data bus connection
Connection to an internal data bus of the vehicle for information exchange between the
vehicle and the alcohol interlock.
White-Red Cable
Pin 4
0.35mm²
Under driver's seat for Right Driver and under front passenger seat for Left Driver
Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
If the system judges that there is a potential collision risk with the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist ahead, the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) will alert you with visual, auditory and tactile alarms.
For vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists in front of you that are heading in the same direction, the
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system operates at speeds no lower than about 4 km/h.
Warning前向碰撞预警仅供参考,无法替代您的注意力与判断。
The Forward Collision Warning (FCW) is for reference only and cannot replace your
attention and judgment.
The Forward Collision Warning (FCW) is only applicable to the prevention of frontal
collisions, and will not work when the vehicle is in reverse gear.
As a driving assist feature, the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) can neither respond to
all traffic, weather or road conditions, nor detect vehicles in all cases. It may become
ineffective, inappropriate or untimely due to a number of factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road environment. Do not rely
on the judgment of the Forward Collision Warning (FCW). Otherwise, personal injury or vehicle damage
may occur.
For safety reasons, do not intentionally drive towards vehicles to test the Forward
Collision Warning (FCW) function. When danger is found, do not wait for the Forward Collision
Warning (FCW) to trigger before taking action.
If the risk of a collision further increases, Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) will
intervene regardless of whether the driver applies the brake or not.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and shall abide by the
current traffic laws and regulations.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Forward Collision Warning to enable or disable this function.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Warning Timing to set the warning timing for this function.
Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) displays image warnings when the Forward
Collision Warning (FCW) is triggered.
When the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) is triggered, the vehicle will sound an auditory alarm
reminding you to keep your distance from the lead vehicle.
When Forward Collision Warning is disabled, your vehicle will not warn you of a possible
collision. It is not suggested to turn it off.
This feature will be turned on when the vehicle’s system restarts.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder and prevent the Forward
Collision Warning (FCW) from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel, etc.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
When the camera is slanted by the sun or exposed to direct sunlight
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The camera is out of focus or faulty
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder and prevent the Forward
Collision Warning (FCW) from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil
sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of
road
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) will only respond to vehicles that satisfy the conditions in
the same direction. The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature cannot ensure that all special-shaped vehicles can be identified in all
conditions. You need to pay extra attention, especially at night. Special-shaped vehicles may
include tricycles, vehicles with a damaged taillight, unclear rear contour, or obstructed rear body,
irregular-shaped vehicles, vehicles with a rear body lower than a certain height, or unloaded
transporters for carrying vehicles.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the
driver needs to pay extra attention.
This feature may be falsely triggered when the vehicle needs to be driven onto special
places such as a car hauler or a wrecker.
To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main features
of the pedestrian's body as clear and complete as possible, which means that the head, shoulders, arms,
legs, upper and lower body of the pedestrian can be recognized by integrating them into standard human
movements. The following situations may cause pedestrians not to be recognized and prevent the Forward
Collision Warning (FCW) from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians are taller than 200cm or shorter than 100cm.
Pedestrians wear large clothing (such as raincoats, Hanfu, etc.), causing the main features
(arms, legs, etc.) to be obscured and the outline to be unclear.
The distance between pedestrians and the sensor is too close when pedestrians first appear
in the sensor's visual field.
Pedestrians are carrying a large backpack or luggage.
The contrast between the colors of the pedestrians' clothes and the background scene is
low.
Pedestrians carry umbrellas, which cover the head, arms and other major features.
Pedestrians bend or crouch.
Pedestrians sit in a wheelchair.
The distance between pedestrians is close.
Pedestrians wear reflective clothing.
Pedestrians walk in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
There are great changes in the speed of pedestrians crossing the road.
To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main features
of the cyclist's body as clear and complete as possible as well as the outline of the bicycle. Cyclists
referred to in this function are adults, and shall ride bicycles designed for adults. The following
situations may cause cyclists not to be recognized and prevent the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) from
operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
When features of the pedestrian or bicycle are obscured by clothing or other objects,
resulting in an indistinct outline.
When larger baggage and goods are carried on the bicycle.
When the bicycle is going fast.
The contrast between the colors of the cyclists and the background scene is low.
There are great changes in the speed of cyclists.
The distance between cyclists and the sensor is too close when cyclists first appear in the
sensor's visual field.
When riding in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
Balanced bikes, children's scooters, some scooters and electric bicycles of special forms,
etc. are being used.
The following situations may prevent the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) from operating as
expected due to the fact that the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
It will not respond to targets in the blind spots of the sensor, such as targets in blind
spots at corners, sides and back of the vehicle.
It may wrongly select or miss targets when approaching or crossing a turn in the road.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the target.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it's a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize it in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize it in time.
The following situations may prevent the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) from operating as
expected due to special or complex road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bikes or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
Forward Collision Warning may not provide a warning in certain situations, including but not
limited to:
The driver is already applying the brakes.
The driver fully or suddenly presses the accelerator pedal.
The driver turns the steering wheel sharply.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that
may affect the normal operation of the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system. There are many factors that
may interfere with the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system. In order to prevent accidents from
occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure
safe driving.
Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB)
If the system judges that the collision between the vehicle and the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist in front of it is inevitable, it will actively apply emergency braking to try to reduce the driving
speed, so as to reduce the impact of the rear-end collision as much as possible.
For vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists in front of you, the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB)
system operates at speeds between about 4 and 150 km/h.
For pedestrians at your rear, the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) system operates at speeds
between about 4 and 15 km/h.
When the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) is triggered, the vehicle speed will be reduced by up
to 60 km/h to mitigate a possible collision. For example, if the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) is
triggered at 90 km/h, the brake will be released when the speed drops to 30 km/h.
When the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) is triggered, the Dynamic Environment Simulation &
Display (ESD) displays an image warning, and the brake pedal suddenly moves downward, turning on the brake
light.
Caution对于后方行人的识别及制动尚处于持续优化阶段,该功能不能保证所有情形下都识别到行人。
The recognition of pedestrians behind the vehicle as well as braking is still in the
continuous optimization stage. This function cannot guarantee the recognition of pedestrians in all
situations.
As a driving assist feature, Autonomous Emergency Brake cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather, and road conditions and cannot detect vehicles in all situations. Several factors can
cause an invalid, inappropriate, or untimely warning.
You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times. Never depend on
Autonomous Emergency Brake to avoid collisions or reduce the impact of a collision. Doing so can cause
personal injury or vehicle damage. For safety reasons, never test the use of Autonomous Emergency Brake
when facing the direction of other vehicles, cyclists, or pedestrians. If you come across a dangerous
situation, never wait for Autonomous Emergency Brake to intervene before taking action. You always bear
the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and
regulations.
Autonomous Emergency Brake may apply short and sharp braking to reduce the risk of a
potential collision, which may not be in line with your normal driving habit and may make you feel
uncomfortable.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) to enable or disable this
function.
When Autonomous Emergency Brake is disabled, your vehicle will not automatically apply the
brakes even if a potential frontal collision is detected. It is not suggested to turn it off.
This feature will be turned on when the vehicle's system restarts.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder and prevent the Autonomous
Emergency Brake (AEB) from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel, etc.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
When the camera is slanted by the sun or exposed to direct sunlight
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The camera is out of focus or faulty
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder and prevent the Autonomous
Emergency Brake (AEB) from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil
sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of
road
Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) will only respond to vehicles that satisfy the conditions in
the same direction. The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature cannot ensure that all special-shaped vehicles can be identified in all
conditions. You need to pay extra attention, especially at night. Special-shaped vehicles may
include tricycles, vehicles with a damaged taillight, unclear rear contour, or obstructed rear body,
irregular-shaped vehicles, vehicles with a rear body lower than a certain height, or unloaded
transporters for carrying vehicles.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the
driver needs to pay extra attention.
This feature may be falsely triggered when the vehicle needs to be driven onto special
places such as a car hauler or a wrecker.
To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main features
of the pedestrian's body as clear and complete as possible, which means that the head, shoulders, arms,
legs, upper and lower body of the pedestrian can be recognized by integrating them into standard human
movements. The following situations may cause pedestrians not to be recognized and prevent the Autonomous
Emergency Brake (AEB) from operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians are taller than 200cm or shorter than 100cm.
Pedestrians wear large clothing (such as raincoats, Hanfu, etc.), causing the main features
(arms, legs, etc.) to be obscured and the outline to be unclear.
The distance between pedestrians and the sensor is too close when pedestrians first appear
in the sensor's visual field.
Pedestrians are carrying a large backpack or luggage.
The contrast between the colors of the pedestrians' clothes and the background scene is
low.
Pedestrians carry umbrellas, which cover the head, arms and other major features.
Pedestrians bend or crouch.
Pedestrians sit in a wheelchair.
The distance between pedestrians is close.
Pedestrians wear reflective clothing.
Pedestrians walk in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
There are great changes in the speed of pedestrians crossing the road.
To perform this function optimally, the system needs to recognize the outline and main features
of the cyclist's body as clear and complete as possible as well as the outline of the bicycle. Cyclists
referred to in this function are adults, and shall ride bicycles designed for adults. The following
situations may cause cyclists not to be recognized and prevent the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) from
operating as expected, which include but are not limited to:
When features of the pedestrian or bicycle are obscured by clothing or other objects,
resulting in an indistinct outline.
When larger baggage and goods are carried on the bicycle.
When the bicycle is going fast.
The contrast between the colors of the cyclists and the background scene is low.
There are great changes in the speed of cyclists.
The distance between cyclists and the sensor is too close when cyclists first appear in the
sensor's visual field.
When riding in dark places such as roads at night, tunnels, etc.
Balanced bikes, children's scooters, some scooters and electric bicycles of special forms,
etc. are being used.
Vehicle targets may prevent the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) from operating as expected in
the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) will not respond to targets in blind spots of the
sensor, such as those in blind spots at the corners, sides and back of the vehicle.
It may wrongly select or miss targets when approaching or crossing a turn in the road.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the target.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it's a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize it in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize it in time.
When the lead vehicle is positioned at a large angle to this vehicle, it may not be able to
be recognized in time.
When only part of the body of the lead vehicle overlaps with this vehicle, that vehicle may
not be recognized in time.
Situations such as during the short amount of time after the power-on, when the vehicle is
in the Park gear, and when the seat belt is unfastened, etc.
The following situations may affect the ability of Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) to mitigate
collisions due to special or complex road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bikes or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
The braking distance increases on slippery roads. If Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction
Control System, and Electronic Stability Program are triggered, the performance of Autonomous Emergency
Brake in reducing the impact of a collision may be impaired.
The brake pedal moves downward abruptly during autonomous braking events. Do not place any
objects under the brake pedal. Doing so can impede the ability of the brake pedal to move freely.
Autonomous Emergency Brake is not a substitute for maintaining a safe following distance
between you and the vehicle in front. Do not stay too close to vehicles in front of you and avoid
driving aggressively.
Warning自动紧急制动主要用于减轻正面碰撞的冲击。
Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) is mainly used to reduce the impact of a frontal
collision.
Warning 以下情况可能导致自动紧急制动不会制动或者停止制动,包括但不限于:
Autonomous Emergency Brake may not apply the brakes or may stop applying the brakes in some
situations, including but not limited to:
The driver fully or suddenly presses the accelerator pedal.
The driver turns the steering wheel sharply.
The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.
The driver's door is not closed.
Autonomous Emergency Brake has been triggered and cannot be triggered again within
roughly 30 seconds.
No vehicle is detected in front of the vehicle.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) system. There are many factors
that may interfere with the Autonomous Emergency Brake (AEB) system. In order to prevent accidents from
occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure
safe driving.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Lane Departure Warning helps to reduce the risk of lane departure by reminding you with
appropriate visual and audio alerts and steering wheel vibration when your vehicle is drifting into an
adjacent lane or crossing the lane line.
Warning车道偏离预警可能无法检测到道路边缘,请谨慎驾驶并始终保持行驶在车道内。
Lane Departure Warning may fail to detect the curb. Please always remain cautious when driving
and keep your vehicle in the lane.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Departure Warning cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions. Lane Keeping Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function
as a substitute for, your visual observation.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Lane Keeping Assist if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when you find
that the conditions of the traffic, road or vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Departure
Warning, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving
safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Lane Departure Warning
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assist > Lane Departure Warning and Assist to enable or disable
the feature.
After enabling Lane Departure Warning, you can choose the warning type and sensitivity:
Warning type:
Sound: Audible warning
Vibration: Steering wheel vibration warning
Sound + Vibration: Audible and steering wheel vibration warnings
Sensitivity:
Low: Lower sensitivity to lane departures
Medium: Normal sensitivity to lane departures
High: Higher sensitivity to lane departures
Operating conditions for Lane Departure Warning:
Pilot Steering Assist is not activated (refer to Pilot for details).
Driving speed of 50-130 km/h.
The vehicle is driving without abrupt acceleration, deceleration, or swerving.
The vehicle is in the center of the lane, not driving on the lane line.
At least one lane line is clear.
The trifocal camera is operating normally with a clear view.
All components of Lane Departure Warning are operating correctly.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, including:
The driver is seated.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
The vehicle is in DRIVE.
Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are
not triggered.
The Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not manually disabled.
Caution 当转向灯打开,爱车向相应一侧偏离时,车道偏离预警系统不会提醒或控制。
When the turn signal is on, Lane Keeping Assist does not provide any reminders or take
control if your vehicle deviates towards the corresponding side.
Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster
Lane Departure Warning status icon
Lane lines
Icon not shown: LDW is not enabled
Icon in gray: Lane Departure Warning is enabled but not activated
Icon and lane lines in white: Lane Departure Warning is activated
Icon and one lane line in red: Lane departure risk on the corresponding side
The information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference
and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information
displayed on the digital instrument cluster.
Precautions and Restrictions
Lane Departure Warning may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically in some
situations, including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other
vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or
construction areas.
The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as lane lines merging or diverting, expressway
ramps, urban intersections, or left-turn waiting areas.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to
bad weather or at night.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane Departure Warning may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically due to
camera recognition failures in some situations, including but not limited to:
The positions of the cameras are changed.
The cameras are obstructed or stained.
The performance of the cameras is reduced at night.
Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
The view of the cameras is interfered by sudden changes in brightness, such as when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
The view of the cameras is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape
features, or large vehicles.
The view of the cameras is interfered by direct light.
Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in
front of you.
The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or
snow on the windshield.
The road is wet.
We do not recommend using Lane Departure Warning in some special or complicated road conditions
as it may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically. Such conditions include but are not
limited to:
Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, and
congested roads.
Winding roads and sharp turns.
Uphill or downhill roads.
Bumpy roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without center medians.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
When your vehicle deviates from the lane involuntarily or unconsciously or tends to do so, the
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) will briefly assist the driver to control the steering wheel to move the vehicle
back into the lane, and provide visual, auditory, or steering wheel vibration alerts to the driver.
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) consists of:
Alert Only function (LDW): When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to deviate
to the adjacent lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) can
provide appropriate visual, auditory and steering wheel vibration alerts.
Alert and Lane Correction (LKA): When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to
deviate to the adjacent lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) will
apply a slight corrective Steer Assist to the steering wheel to reduce the possibility of the vehicle
deviating from the lane. If the vehicle deviates too much from the lane, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
can provide appropriate visual and auditory alerts.
Lane Keeping Assist has limited steering torque which can only provide a slight steering
assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure. Do not rely solely on Lane Keeping
Assist to steer. You should always be prepared to take over steering, especially when driving on roads
with curves.
Please take over steering immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on winding
roads or roads with sharp curves.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Keeping Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.
Lane Keeping Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your
visual observation. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own
decision on whether to use Lane Keeping Assist if it is safe.
You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic,
road or the vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Keeping Assist, or there are other unsafe
factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Lane Keeping Assist
Using Lane Keeping Assist in bad weather conditions
Using Lane Keeping Assist on non-standardized roads
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Enabling/Disabling the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Lane Departure Warning and Assist to enable or
disable this function.
When enabled, you can select the assisting levels, alerting methods and sensitivity:
Assisting level
Alert Only: only provides an alert function
Alert and Lane Correction: provides an alert and a slight Steer Assist
Alert methods:
When it is set to Alert Only, the alert modes include: image, image + sound, image +
vibration, image + sound + vibration.
When it is set to "Alert and Lane Correction", the alert methods cannot be set and the
default option is image + sound.
Sensitivity:
Low: gives an alert later than normal sensitivity under the same conditions
Medium: normal sensitivity
High: gives an alert earlier than normal sensitivity under the same conditions
Caution请您务必审慎设置提醒方式与灵敏度,确保该等设置符合您的驾驶习惯。
Please set the warning type and sensitivity with caution to ensure that such settings are
in line with your driving habits.
CautionEnabling the Lane Departure Warning and Assist on the central display does not
mean that the function has been activated. Functions can only be activated automatically when the
operating conditions are satisfied. When the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function is
disabled, the vehicle will neither assist when it comes to remaining in the driving lane, nor offer a
warning when lane departure occurs. Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) will be disabled too. The steering
wheel will turn when the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function controls the direction. You
can turn the steering wheel to take control of the vehicle, and then the direction of the vehicle will
be controlled by you.
Enabling the Lane Departure Warning and Assist on the central display does not mean that
the function has been activated. Functions can only be activated automatically when the operating
conditions are satisfied.
When the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function is disabled, the vehicle will
neither assist when it comes to remaining in the driving lane, nor offer a warning when lane departure
occurs. Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) will be disabled too.
The steering wheel will turn when the Lane Departure Warning and Assistance function
controls the direction.
You can turn the steering wheel to take control of the vehicle, and then the direction of
the vehicle will be controlled by you.
Operating conditions for the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system:
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h
Your vehicle drives normally without suddenly accelerating, decelerating or steering
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking
The lane markings on at least one side are clear
The high-definition camera functions normally and provides clear vision
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system are faulty
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
Driver seating status
Your vehicle is in gear position D
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered
The traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not manually
disabled
Caution当转向灯打开,爱车向相应一侧偏离时,车道保持辅助系统不会提醒或控制。
When the turn signal is active, Lane Keeping Assist does not provide any reminders or take
control if your vehicle deviates towards the corresponding side.
Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD)
Status icon of the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
No icon: Not enabled
Gray icon: Standby status
White lane marking: The lane marking on the corresponding side has been detected
Yellow lane marking: Level 1 lane departure warning
Red lane marking: Level 2 lane departure warning
Lane marking display
No status icon: The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not enabled.
The status icon is gray: The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is enabled, in standby
status, and not activated yet
The status icon and the central lane marking are white: The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system is active.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking is red:
When Alert Only is selected, it indicates that there is a risk of accidental departure
from the lane on the corresponding side
When Alert and Lane Correction is selected, it indicates that the vehicle has deviated
from the lane unexpectedly, and the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is no longer able to prevent the
vehicle from deviating from the lane through a slight Steer Assist to correct lanes.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking are yellow: Only occurs when Alert
and Lane Correction is selected. It indicates that the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is providing a
certain Steer Assist to correct lanes at the corresponding side to reduce the possibility of the
vehicle deviating from the lane.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as
expected or cause it to automatically exit, which include but are not limited to:
Pass through bends with excessive curvature, such as high-speed ramps
The lane markings are not clear, worn, missing, interweaving, or shaded by other vehicles
or buildings or landscapes
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads,
intersections and construction areas
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings
and channelizing-line markings
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing
lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as
pavement joints and curbs
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change,
such as on the uphill and downhill
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as
reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by
bad weather and or at night
The distance between lane markings on both sides is too wide or too narrow
The following situations may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as
expected or cause it to automatically exit due to a camera recognition disorder, which include but are not
limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
It is not recommended to use the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system in special or complex road
conditions, as that may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as expected or cause
it to automatically exit, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions
that may affect the normal operation of the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. There are many factors that
may interfere with the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you
need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Emergency Active Stop (EAS)
When the system detects that you are not in a normal driving state (e.g., your hands have not
been on the steering wheel for a long time, you have been distracted and tired of driving for a long time,
or you have left your seat, etc.), it will activate the Emergency Active Stop (EAS) function if the system
meets the conditions for normal operation.
When Emergency Active Stop (EAS) is activated, your car will sound an auditory reminder, provide
a voice warning, issue a Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) alert, and turn on the hazard
warning lights. The system will alert you to take control of your car by continuously braking and emitting
loud ringer and alerts until the car stops. After stopping, the doors will be automatically unlocked and
emergency services will be called.
When Emergency Active Stop (EAS) is active, you can deactivate it and take control of your car at
any time by stepping on the accelerator pedal or brake pedal, or turning the steering wheel, or turning off
the hazard warning lights.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder that affects the performance
of Emergency Active Stop (EAS), which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder that affects the performance
of Emergency Active Stop (EAS), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder that affects the function of
Emergency Active Stop (EAS), or even deactivates the function. These situations include but are not
limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of
road
Only the vehicles that meet the conditions will be responded by Emergency Active Stop (EAS).
The targets below can not be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but
are not limited to:
Side-crossing vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially
at night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such
vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear
below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the
driver needs to pay extra attention.
The following situations may cause late recognition and response of Emergency Active Stop (EAS)
because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Emergency Active Stop (EAS) will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For
example, it cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the
sides of the vehicle.
When approaching or turning along the road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed,
resulting in the unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When
going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize and respond to the target.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in
a responsive manner.
Emergency Active Stop (EAS) does not guarantee reliable target recognition in all
circumstances, as its operation may be affected by special or complicated road conditions, including but
not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
It may not be able to provide sufficient lateral grip in the following situations, including
but not limited to:
The brake function cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet,
etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes,
ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Emergency Active Stop (EAS) system. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Emergency Active Stop (EAS) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you
need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK)
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) can provide a certain steer assist capability to help the driver
correct the vehicle position urgently to prevent the risk of collision as much as possible when the vehicle
deviates from its lane involuntarily or when there is a potential side collision risk in its adjacent lane.
When the vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h, Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) may be triggered in the
following four emergency scenarios:
Without having the turn light on, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the
right curb
Without having the turn light on, when the lane marking is a solid line, your vehicle
deviates involuntarily from its lane to the side where the solid line is
Without having the turn light on, when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane, your
vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the left
When there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane, your vehicle
deviates from its lane involuntarily or actively changes lane to the left
Enabling/Disabling Emergency Lane Keeping
(ELK)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) to turn this function on
or off.
It is not recommended to turn off this function. When this function is turned off, it will not
be able to assist the driver by taking emergency control of the steering when there is a potential risk of
a side collision.
Emergency Lane Keeping has limited steering torque which can only provide certain steering
assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure or avoidance of danger. Therefore,
please take over steering in time instead of relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping.
Please control the vehicle direction immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving
on winding roads or roads with sharp curves.
As a driver assist feature, Emergency Lane Keeping cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions. Never rely solely on Emergency
Lane Keeping to avoid danger. For safety reasons, never test this feature by deliberately or actively
triggering Emergency Lane Keeping. If you come across a dangerous situation, never wait Emergency Lane
Keeping to intervene before taking action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving
safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Warning 驾驶时不可以有以下行为:完全依靠ELK
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Operating Conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK):
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h
Your vehicle drives normally without sudden acceleration, deceleration or steering
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking
The high-definition camera functions normally and provides clear vision
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist system are faulty
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
Driver seating status
Your vehicle is in gear position D
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are
not triggered
Emergency Lane Keeping is automatically activated when the conditions are met in an
emergency.
Emergency Lane Keeping can only provide limited steering assist and cannot control the
vehicle’s speed.
Emergency Lane Keeping is unable to constantly control the steering. Therefore, it cannot
always keep the vehicle centered in the lane.
When Emergency Lane Keeping controls your steering, the steering wheel will turn accordingly.
You can take over steering by turning the steering wheel manually.
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) in Case of Deviation to Right Curb
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) are met, ELK can provide a
certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the right curb
without having the turn light on. At this time, the right side of the central lane marking will be
displayed in yellow.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may deviate to the right in some situations, including but not limited to:
Curbs are not clear or cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting
conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective curbs, and poor visibility or
insufficient light due to bad weather or at night;
There are roadside obstacles that Emergency Lane Keeping cannot identify, such as
fences, guard rails, traffic cones and cone rods;
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) in Case of Deviation to Solid Lane Marking
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) are met, ELK can provide a
certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the solid lane
marking without having the turn light on. At this time, the corresponding side of the central lane marking
will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may deviate to the solid lane line in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) with Risk of Left Front Collision
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) are met, ELK can provide a
certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the left without
having the turn light on when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane and the lane marking is
clear. At this time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may collide with the lead vehicle on the left in some situations, including but not limited
to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
The oncoming vehicle is not a vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) with Risk of Left Rear Collision
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) are met, ELK can provide a
certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily or actively changes
lane to the left when there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane and the lane
marking is clear. At this time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the
vehicle may collide with the vehicle approaching from behind on the left in some situations, including
but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road,
road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) to fail to operate as expected
or exit automatically due to a camera recognition disorder. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner.
These situations include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may cause the Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) to fail to operate as
expected or exit automatically due to a radar recognition disorder. Please steer your vehicle in a timely
manner. These situations include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the function of
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK), and even cause the function to deactivate. These situations include but are
not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
Special or complex road conditions may cause the Lane Keeping Assist system to fail to operate
as expected or exit automatically. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations include
but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Construction areas
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations
that may affect the normal operation of the Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) system. There are many factors
that may interfere with the Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) system. In order to avoid accidents, you need to
drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS)
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) can monitor the driver's driving status.
When it is enabled and conditions for activating the function are satisfied, once the driver is
detected to be tired or distracted, NOMI will provide different levels of warnings through expressions and
sounds. The digital instrument cluster will also remind the driver to focus on driving and protect the
driver's safety.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System cannot operate under all conditions and is only designed to
assist driving. The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely.
Therefore, it is of great importance that you pay attention when driving and take regular
breaks. When a driver is alerted or feels fatigued, they should adjust their behavior or pull over
safely as soon as possible to take a break.
When the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) is disabled, related functions for advanced
driver assistance systems such as Lane Centering Control (LCC) and Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will be
unable to be used or will be exited.
After the driver adjusts the steering wheel, the function requires a brief recalibration, during
which the function fault light for the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) will appear.
If you adjust the steering wheel while using the advanced driver assistance system functions such
as Lane Centering Control (LCC) or Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), the system will prompt "NP Driver
Assistance is exiting, please take control of the steering wheel".
Enabling/Disabling the Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) System
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS) monitors the driver's drowsiness and attention
state.
Driver Drowsiness Reminder
Driver Attention Warning
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap
Driving and Parking > Drowsiness Reminder or Distraction Reminder to enable or disable this function.
After this function is enabled, when the vehicle speed is 20 km/h or above, the system will
keep monitoring the status and provide voice warnings.
Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD)
Not enabled
Enabled
When the following are displayed due to a system failure or malicious occlusion of the
camera, it indicates that the function is limited. Please promptly contact the NIO Service Center.
Caution 摄像头不会记录或共享图像、音频或视频。
The camera will not record or share any images, audio or videos.
Precautions and Restrictions
In some cases, the detection of driver drowsy driving and distracted driving behaviors may be
affected or fail, resulting in the system not providing corresponding warnings, being partially
unavailable or providing false alarms, such as:
At night and in low light
Sunlight, opposite headlights and other direct light interference
Adjust the seat
Adjust or turn the steering wheel
Under the condition of eye occlusion, which includes but is not limited to various types of
dark glasses with low transmittance, polarizers, sunglasses, and eyeglass frame occlusion, etc
Wearing accessories such as hats, scarves and bandanas that may alter the shape of the head
Wearing a mask
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that
may affect the normal operation of the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS). There are many factors
that may interfere with the Advanced Driver Monitoring System (ADMS). In order to prevent accidents from
occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure
safe driving.
Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert
The Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Alert (LCA) will remind you to pay attention to
lane change safety through visual, auditory and tactile alarms when there are other vehicles in the blind
spot of your vehicle or other vehicles approaching quickly in the blind spot.
The Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert will only be activated when the speed of your
vehicle exceeds about 15 km/h.
Caution盲点监控与变道预警的监测区域为爱车旁边车道,及其向后约70米的范围。
This feature is able to detect the lanes next to the vehicle and more than 70 meters from the
rear.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert to enable or
disable this function and select an appropriate means of reminding you.
When the function is enabled and activated, the Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display
(ESD) will remind you that there is a vehicle approaching from behind as shown in the figure.
When a vehicle in the driver's blind spot and a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind are
detected, a marker saying that there is a vehicle on the side will be displayed on the rearview mirror. If
you turn on the turn light on the corresponding side in this case, it will remind you not to change lanes
with the following warnings:
Marker light on the rearview mirror
Sound + Marker light on the rearview mirror flashes
Steering wheel vibrates + Marker light on the rearview mirror flashes
Sound + Steering wheel vibrates + Marker light on the rearview mirror flashes
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio
system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be
easily noticeable.
Caution 在倒车时,盲点监控与变道预警不会工作。
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist do not work when the vehicle is in REVERSE.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
When you drive on a road with sharp curves, wide lanes or an uneven surface, Blind Spot
Detection and Lane Change Assist may not be able to warn you about vehicles in adjacent lanes.
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist may give false warnings in the following
situations:
Driving near protective fences
Driving on/under a bridge, or through a tunnel
Driving besides bushes, trees, etc.
When there are wire poles, street lights or low concrete walls along the road
Driving near construction areas such as factory buildings, ports, etc.
Driving on urban roads or multi-lane intersections
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice,
metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the
radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure,
or malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any
fault-related alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects,
and may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as
pedestrians, bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by
certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance.
Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning盲点监控与变道预警不能取代安全驾驶及车内后视镜和车外后视镜的使用。
Even with Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and Lane Change Assist (LCA), you should still drive
with caution and use the rearview mirror and the side mirrors wisely.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert system. There are many
factors that may interfere with the Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert systems. In order to
prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle
conditions to ensure safe driving.
Door Open Warning (DOW)
When you open the door of your vehicle, if vehicles, cyclists or pedestrians approaching from
behind may affect the safety of opening the door or even cause a collision, the Door Open Warning (DOW) will
remind you to be careful when opening the door through visual and auditory alarms.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Door Open Warning (DOW) to enable or disable this function.
When the Door Open Warning (DOW) function is enabled, your vehicle will remind you in the
following ways. At this time, you or your passengers should avoid opening the door and confirm whether it is
safe to open the door first:
The ambient lighting turns red
Icon on the side mirror
Warning alarm
Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) displays "Watch out for vehicles
approaching from behind"
Note 侧方开门预警可监测本车侧后方快速接近的目标。
Door Open Warning monitors for targets approaching fast from behind.
Caution爱车处于前进挡(D 挡)或驻车挡(P 挡),该功能才可启用。
This feature is only available when the vehicle is in DRIVE (D) or PARK (P).
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio
system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be
easily noticeable.
Door Open Warning cannot accurately alert you in all situations and cannot replace active
observation by you and passengers, as well as the function of the rearview mirror and side mirrors.
Please do not rely excessively on this feature and always be aware of the environment outside the
vehicle when opening doors.
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice,
metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure, or
malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related
alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects, and
may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians,
bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by
certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance.
Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings and precautions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect
the normal operation of the Door Open Warning (DOW) system. There are many factors that may interfere with
the Door Open Warning (DOW) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive
attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
When driving at low speeds, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the front
crossing vehicle, the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) function can warn the driver to be careful through
visual and auditory alerts.
Cross Traffic Alert is only a supplement to, and not a substitute for, your visual
observation.
As a driver assist feature, Cross Traffic Alert cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Cross Traffic
Alert or not after your safety is ensured.
It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
complies with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) to enable or disable
this function.
When the operating conditions are satisfied, if a potential collision risk with the front
crossing vehicle is detected, it will remind you through visual and auditory alerts on the Dynamic
Environment Simulation & Display (ESD), 360 Surround View interface and Parking Assist interface.
Operating conditions for the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA):
The vehicle speed is lower than 15 km/h and higher than 0 km/h.
The speed of the front crossing vehicle is within a certain range of the normal vehicle
speed.
The front lateral radar operates normally and has a clear field of view.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below can not be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which
include but are not limited to:
Motorcycles
Electric bikes
Tricycles
Pedestrians
Animals
Bicycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles/vehicles driving in the same direction
Stationary objects
The Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) does not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor.
The Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) cannot detect lateral vehicles in front of this vehicle through
obstacles or parked vehicles.
For example, the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) cannot detect the front crossing vehicles in
the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Stopping in the innermost position
The parking space is at an angle
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder and affect the performance of
the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions
that may affect the normal operation of the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) system. There are many
factors that may interfere with the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) system. In order to prevent accidents
from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to
ensure safe driving.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B)
When reversing, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the rear crossing vehicle,
the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) function can warn the driver to pay attention to safety
through visual and auditory alerts and even enhance the warning effect to the driver by braking briefly if
necessary.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert only provides a warning and cannot guarantee to stop your vehicle.
Never depend on it to avoid a collision or reduce the impact of a collision.
Enabling/Disabling Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) to
enable or disable this function.
When it is enabled, you can select the assisting level in the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with
Braking (RCTA-B) Settings:
Alert only: When the vehicle speed is lower than about 15km/h and the operating conditions
are satisfied, if a potential collision risk with rear crossing vehicles from behind is detected, it
will remind the vehicle in the rear through visual and auditory alerts on the digital instrument
cluster, 360 Surround View interface and Parking Assist interface.
Alert and brake actively: When the vehicle speed is about 1-15km/h and the operating
conditions are satisfied, besides visual and auditory alerts, the system will warn you by a brief
instance of active braking if necessary, but cannot ensure that the vehicle will stop.
Operating conditions for the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B):
The speed of the rear crossing vehicle is between about 5 and 60 km/h
The rear lateral radar operates normally and has a clear field of view
Driver seating status
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position R
Caution当您选择提醒及主动制动时,若深踩制动踏板或加速踏板,主动制动功能可能不会介入。
When you select Warning & Braking, if you fully press the brake pedal or accelerator
pedal, the function may not intervene.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below can not be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which
include but are not limited to:
Motorcycles
Electric bikes
Tricycles
Pedestrians
Animals
Bicycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles/vehicles driving in the same direction
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) does not respond to targets in blind spots
of the sensor. The Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) cannot detect vehicles behind this
vehicle through obstacles or parked vehicles.
For example, the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) cannot detect rear crossing
vehicles in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Stopping in the innermost position
The parking space is at an angle
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder and affect the performance of
the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions
that may affect the normal operation of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) system. There
are many factors that may interfere with the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) system. In
order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road,
and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Active Lane Change (ALC)
The Active Lane Change (ALC) adds a lane change assistance function on the basis of realizing
Lane Centering Control (LCC). After enabling this function in Settings, the system will assist the vehicle
to complete the lane change by toggling the turn light lever when the environment and road conditions meet
certain requirements.
The Active Lane Change (ALC) is applicable to high speed roads. The current and target lanes must
be well lit, have clear lane markings and space to change lanes.
As a driving assist feature, Active Lane Change cannot handle all situations in all traffic,
weather, and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions and make your own decision on
whether to use Active Lane Change if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when you find
that the conditions of the traffic, road, or the vehicle are not suitable for Active Lane Change, or there
are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely and complying with
current traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Active Lane Change (ALC)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Active Lane Change (ALC) to enable or disable this
function.
Operating conditions for the Active Lane Change (ALC):
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The Lane Centering Control (LCC) is enabled and operating normally.
The Active Lane Change (ALC) is enabled and operating normally.
The sensor functions properly and the field of view is clear.
The vehicle speed is about 60-130 km/h.
The current and target lanes meet all the safety conditions to change lanes. For example:
The lane marking on the side of the lane change is a dotted line.
The curvatures of the current and target lanes are small.
The vehicle maintains a safe distance to the vehicles in front of and behind it in the
current and target lanes.
There is no Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert and other alarms in the target
lane.
The lane markings on both sides of the target lane are clear.
None of the components for the Active Lane Change (ALC) are faulty and the vehicle meets
all safety conditions. For example:
No malfunction with the turn light
Driver seating status
The driver has fastened the seat belt
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position D
The driver does not step on the brake pedal
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered
Enabling the Active Lane Change (ALC) function in Settings does not mean that the function has
been activated.
After meeting the operating conditions, you must perform a visual check to confirm the safety
of the lane change environment, and then toggle the turn light lever on the corresponding side. The system
will detect if your hands are on the steering wheel.
The system will activate the Active Lane Change (ALC) function to assist the lane change if
it detects that the conditions to change lanes have been met. At this time, the Dynamic Environment
Simulation & Display (ESD) will display the light band on the corresponding side turning blue and
disappearing after a successful lane change. After the lane change is completed, please confirm that
the turn light lever has been toggled back.
The system will not perform the lane change if it detects that the conditions to change
lanes has not been met and the Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) will display the
light band on the corresponding side turning red.
Before or during a lane change, toggle the turn light lever in the opposite direction of the
lane change to cancel the lane change. When the following situations occur, the lane change will be
interrupted, and you will be reminded through the digital instrument cluster and sound alerts of the need
to take control of your vehicle:
The Active Lane Change (ALC) detects an unsafe lane change environment, such as when the
activation alarms for Blind Spot Detection & Lane Change Alert go off.
Steer Assist is exited for reasons such as taking over the steering wheel control, unclear
lane markings, and passing through excessively curved bends.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) and Steer Assist are exited at the same time for reasons such
as pressing the button and depressing the
brake pedal.
Caution ALC 每次只能变换一个车道。
Active Lane Change can only change one lane at a time.
Caution 夜晚若光线、视野不佳,车道线不清晰,可能无法完成辅助变道。
Assisted lane changes may fail if the light and visibility are poor at night, or when lane
lines are not clear.
Active Lane Change may suddenly be canceled due to unexpected circumstances. Please always
pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
You must always confirm if it is safe and appropriate before and when changing lanes.
Please note that Active Lane Change cannot respond to pedestrians, obstacles, oncoming vehicles, etc.
Never rely solely on Active Lane Change to choose a driving path. You always bear the ultimate
responsibility for changing lanes safely.
Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD)
Active Lane Change (ALC) is making a lane change.
Active Lane Change (ALC) suspends or cannot make a lane change.
Active Lane Change (ALC) completes the lane change.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may prevent the Active Lane Change (ALC) from completing the lane
change or operating as expected, requiring the driver to take control of the steering wheel at any time,
which include but are not limited to:
Passing through bends with excessive curvature, such as high-speed ramps
The lane markings of the current lane and target lane are not clear, worn, missing,
crossed, or shaded by other vehicles or buildings or landscapes
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads,
intersections and construction areas
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing
lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings
and channelizing-line markings
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as
pavement joints and curbs
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change,
such as on the uphill and downhill
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as
reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by
bad weather and or at night
The distance between the lane markings on both sides of the current lane or the target lane
is too wide or too narrow
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder, thus making it impossible
to complete the lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder, thus making it impossible to
complete the lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the function of lane
change assistance, and even cause the function to deactivate, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The Active Lane Change (ALC) may leak or misdetect obstacles in the target and current lanes.
You must always confirm whether it is safe and appropriate to change lanes before and during the lane
change. The targets below can not be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which
include but are not limited to:
Side-crossing vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Active Lane Change cannot guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets. Please
pay extra attention, especially at night, to targets. Such vehicles include vehicles with a
covered rear or irregular shape, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen
carriers.
Active Lane Change may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night
when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
It is not recommended to use Active Lane Change (ALC) in special or complex road conditions,
which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Active Lane Change (ALC) system. There are many factors that may
interfere with the Active Lane Change (ALC) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need
to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Lane Centering Control (LCC) provides the Steer Assist function to keep the vehicle in the lane
on the basis of the vehicle speed control and distance maintenance functions under Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC). Lane Centering Control (LCC) uses high-definition cameras, radar and LiDAR to detect vehicles ahead
on the driving path, so as to actively control the speed of the vehicle and maintain the distance between
itself and the vehicle ahead. Lane Centering Control (LCC) uses high-definition cameras to identify lane
markings as well. When the lane markings on both sides are clear, it can assist steering to keep the vehicle
in the current lane.
Lane Centering Control (LCC), as a driving assist feature, is unable to achieve auto driving
capabilities, so the driver shall keep both hands on the steering wheel and stay focused, ready to take over
the vehicle at any time.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) is mainly for use on closed roads with clear lane markings and
restricted access, such as expressways, elevated main roads or congested road sections.
Lane Centering Control will strive to keep the vehicle in the lane when there are clear lane
lines on both sides. Special road conditions and poor lighting on rainy days or at nighttime may result
in impaired lane recognition, failure to keep the vehicle in the lane, or scratching. In this case, it
is suggested that you temporarily turn off Lane Centering Control and switch to Adaptive Cruise Control.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Centering Control cannot handle all situations in all
traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Lane
Centering Control or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic,
road or the vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Centering Control, or there are other unsafe
factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed
and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Lane Centering Control
has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Automatic
Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Lane Centering Control to
decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Lane Centering Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the
lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case,
exit Lane Centering Control immediately. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control to bring your vehicle to
a complete stop regardless of whether it is following a stationary vehicle or a lead vehicle.
WarningLane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum
steering force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering
Control to steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when
navigating curves.
Lane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum steering
force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering Control to
steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when navigating
curves.
Please take over the steering immediately when cornering, turning around, and driving on
winding roads or roads with sharp curves. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control in these situations due
to limited visibility of lanes.
Enabling/Disabling Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance and choose Lane Centering to turn
this function on or off.
Turning on Lane Centering in the Settings does not mean that LLC
is activated.
Middle button: activates or deactivates Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
When the operating conditions are met, press the Middle button to activate Lane Centering Control (LCC).
If the lane markings on both sides are clear and the vehicle is in the center of the
current lane, activating Steer Assist will activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) as well.
If the lane markings on both sides are unclear or the vehicle is not in the center of the
current lane, it will first activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) and start searching for lane
markings, and then activate Steer Assist when the conditions are met.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) is enabled at a vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h, or 0-110 mph.
If the vehicle speed is lower than 30 km/h (20 mph), 30 km/h (20 mph) will be set as the
cruising speed
If the vehicle speed is higher than 30 km/h (20 mph) but not higher than 180 km/h (110
mph), the current vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) activates Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) and starts searching
for lane markings, you can release the accelerator pedal, and the system will maintain the set cruising
speed.
If there is a lead vehicle, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will adjust the speed of your
vehicle according to the speed and distance of the lead vehicle, and the maximum speed will not exceed
the cruising speed
When there is no vehicle ahead, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will quickly adjust the speed
of your vehicle to the cruising speed
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) activates Steer Assist, it will actively assist with steering
control, however, please keep your hands lightly on the steering wheel. The pressure of your hands may
have a slight effect on the steer assist control, please pay close attention to the driving situation, and
be ready to take control of the steering wheel at any time to control the direction of the vehicle.
The steering wheel turns when Lane Centering Control (LCC) is controlling the steering. When
Lane Centering Control (LCC) is actively accelerating, the accelerator pedal does not move; when it’s
decelerating, the brake pedal may move.
Working Condition for Lane Centering Control (LCC):
The speed does not exceed 180 km/h or 110 mph
High-definition cameras, radar and LiDAR functioning properly with a clear view
No components of Lane Centering Control (LCC) are faulty
The function cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver's hands on the steering wheel
Driver seating status
The driver has fastened the seat belt
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position D
The driver does not step on the brake pedal
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered
Adjusting the speed under Lane Centering Control (LCC)
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) is active, go to the Settings page from the control bar at
the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance > Adjust Speed by Steering
Wheel Button, and select the appropriate way to adjust the cruising speed.
The cruising speed can be adjusted by:
Press to +1, press and hold to +5
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease
the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Press and hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to
increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82
km/h, press and hold the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be
increased to 85 km/h
Press and hold to +1, press to +5
Short press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to
increase/decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Press and hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to
increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82
km/h, press and hold the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be
increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Lane Centering Control (LCC) is 180 km/h, or 110 mph.
The minimum set speed for Lane Centering Control (LCC) is 30 km/h, but it allows the vehicle to
decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, press and hold +1, or press shortly +5.
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal
driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are
distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate
Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
Adjusting the following time and distance under Lane Centering Control (LCC)
When the system is active or to be activated, the following time and distance can be adjusted
in 5 settings.
Press the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and
distance to a farther setting
Press the Left button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and
distance to a closer setting
Takeover and Resume
When driving with Lane Centering Control (LCC) active, you can actively take over the vehicle
by stepping on the accelerator pedal or turning the steering wheel. Lane Centering Control (LCC) will no
longer respond to the target lead vehicle when you actively take control by heavily stepping on the
accelerator pedal.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will re-activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) as soon as you
release the accelerator pedal.
Lane Centering Control (LCC) and Steer Assist will retreat to the standby status for the time
being when you actively take control by turning the steering wheel, but Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will
remain active and search for lane markings, during which time you will be controlling the direction of the
vehicle.
When you stop turning the steering wheel, if the lane markings on both sides are clear and the
vehicle is in the center of the current lane, Steer Assist will be automatically resumed.
After you exit Lane Centering Control (LCC) by pressing or depressing the brake pedal, you can activate it again by
pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and you can restore the vehicle speed to
the previously set cruising speed.
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) stops the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops, you can press
the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, or step on the accelerator pedal to restore the
previously set cruising speed.
Reactivate Lane Centering Control (LCC), activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) first which
will start searching for lane markings and, if the lane markings on both sides are clear and the vehicle
is in the center of the current lane, activate Steer Assist.
Caution在车道居中辅助的转向辅助功能正常工作时,
When the Steer Assist function of Lane Centering Control (LCC) is working properly,
if the Active Lane Change (ALC) function is activated in the Settings, when you toggle
the turn light lever, an automatic lane change will be performed with the conditions met. Please
refer to "Active Lane Change (ALC)" for details.
If the Active Lane Change (ALC) function is not activated in the Settings, when you
toggle the turn light lever, the Steer Assist function of Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be
temporarily exited to enter standby state, and you need to take over the steering wheel to control
your vehicle direction in a timely manner. At this time, the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
function is retained and the lane marking is continuously being searched. The Steer Assist
function will be automatically restored once the conditions are met.
CautionWhen Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not
enabled in Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change
lanes.
When Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not enabled in
Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change lanes.
WarningSteering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage
to standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this
time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required
conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
Steering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage to
standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this time,
Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required
conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by
other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or
construction areas.
The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as lane lines merging or diverting, expressway
ramps, urban intersections, left-turn waiting areas, etc.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as
road joints or curbs.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on
sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as
strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due
to bad weather or at night.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Disabling Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be deactivated, and will no longer be in active control of
speed and direction, and alert you audibly when:
The steering wheel button is
pressed
The brake pedal is depressed
In addition, when the working conditions are no longer met, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will
be automatically deactivated, and you should take control of the brake pedal, accelerator pedal and
steering wheel immediately after that to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD)
An intelligent driving status indicator light has been added next to the real-time vehicle
speed on the left side of the digital instrument cluster. The intelligent driving status indicator light
can be used to understand the functions of intelligent driving that can be activated now and that is
running now, as well as the cruise speed status of intelligent driving.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Caution 当两侧车道线都不清晰,但近距离正前方有符合条件的车辆时,爱车可在短时间内跟车行驶。
When neither lane line is clear, but there is a vehicle in front that meets requirements,
your vehicle can follow the lead vehicle for a short time.
When lane lines are unclear on both sides and your vehicle is following the lead vehicle, you
may collide with other vehicles in adjacent lanes if the lead vehicle changes lanes at a slow speed.
Therefore, you need to be prepared to take over at any time to ensure your safety.
Keep your hands on the steering wheel and eyes on the road ahead when driving with Lane
Centering Control (LCC) active.
When the system detects that your hands have been off the steering wheel and your eyes have
been off the road ahead for a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) will
display “Please keep your hands on the steering wheel” or “Please concentrate on driving”, and alert
you audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been still off the steering wheel and your
eyes have been still off the road ahead after a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation &
Display (ESD) will display “Pilot is about to be deactivated, please put your hands on the steering
wheel immediately”, or “Pilot is about to be deactivated, please take control of the vehicle
immediately”, and keep alerting you audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been always off the steering wheel and your
eyes have been always off the road ahead after a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation &
Display (ESD) will display “Emergency Active Stop (EAS) is activated, the vehicle is about to stop”
and alert you audibly, accompanied by a NOMI voice prompt of “The vehicle is stopping” and double
flashing lights.
When the system detects that your hands are on the steering wheel and your eyes are on the road
ahead, the warning will disappear.
Maintaining Safe Distance
When Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) displays the “Please drive with
caution, the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close” warning, it means that there is a risk of
collision because the maximum deceleration available to Lane Centering Control (LCC) can no longer
maintain a safe distance, and you need to take control of the brake pedal and steering wheel immediately
to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and
take over immediately.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) stops the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops
If the lead vehicle starts, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will follow it and actively start
the vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent
collision accidents from occurring;
When the vehicle stops as the lead vehicle stops for more than about 5 seconds, before it
starts again to follow the lead vehicle, it will alert you audibly;
When the vehicle stops as the lead vehicle stops for more than about 5 seconds, and the
system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display
(ESD) will display “The lead vehicle starts moving” prompt, and you need to re-activate Following
Start by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel or stepping on the accelerator
pedal after checking the surroundings;
After approximately 5 minutes, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be deactivated and
Electric Parking will be activated instead.
After Lane Centering Control (LCC) stops the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops, it will start
the vehicle again only when the distance to the lead vehicle exceeds about 4 meters.
Smart Speed Assist
Once activated, when the vehicle is driving on a highway or overpass under Lane Centering
Control (LCC), it will alert you to change the speed limit when it detects a change in the road speed
limit. You can manually confirm to keep the cruise speed consistent with the current road speed limit.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Smart Speed Assist to turn this function on or off.
Intelligent Speed Control is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute
for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic
Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually
alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Control cannot handle all situations in
all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road
conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Traffic Sign Recognition and Intelligent
Speed Control if it is safe.
Currently, Intelligent Speed Control does not work in complex road conditions such as
ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Control combines the speed limit information from the map to display
the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit information will be
displayed when no speed limit information source is available from the map.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause the camera to identify obstacles, affect the performance of
Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may cause the radar to identify obstacles, affect the performance of
Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may cause the LiDAR to identify obstacles, affect the performance of
Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or
other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The vehicle will only respond to Lane Centering Control (LCC) when the conditions are met The
targets below can not be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are
not limited to:
Transverse vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians
Bicycles
Traffic cones
Animals
Traffic lights
Walls
Barriers
Oncoming vehicles
Other non-vehicle objects
The following situations may cause the late recognition and response of Lane Centering Control
(LCC) because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For
example, it cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the
sides of the vehicle.
When approaching or turning along the road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed,
resulting in the unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When
going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in
a responsive manner and you need to take over in time.
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary
or intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing
lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle’s brakes when it is not necessary or
intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary
target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of
the current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for
your safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This function cannot guarantee accurate target recognition in all situations. If you find
that the displayed "lane marking" from the Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) does not
match the actual situation, please drive with caution so as to take control of your vehicle in a
timely manner. Which include but are not limited to:
There is actually a lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster does not display
the target vehicle.
There is actually no lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster shows a lead
vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Lane
Centering Control (LCC) because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control and Keeping, or
even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
In the following situations, if the vehicle is driving too fast relative to the lead vehicle,
Lane Centering Control (LCC) may be subject to limited control, which will result in an inability to
maintain a safe distance in a responsive manner, which include but are not limited to:
Sudden maneuvers of the vehicle ahead (such as sudden turns, acceleration, deceleration,
etc.)
Another vehicle abruptly cutting in or out of the front of your vehicle
Your vehicle abruptly cutting in behind the vehicle ahead
Your vehicle driving towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed
It may not be able to provide sufficient braking force in the following situations, which
include but are not limited to:
The brake function cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet,
etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes,
ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Lane Centering Control (LCC) system. There are many factors that
may interfere with the Lane Centering Control (LCC) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring,
you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe
driving.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can be used to sync your vehicle speed automatically with the speed
of the lead vehicle. When there is no target in front of your vehicle to respond to, your vehicle will drive
at the set speed. When there is a target to respond to, your vehicle will automatically control its speed to
try to maintain the following distance you set.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can only be used to control longitudinal speed and distance. This
system includes the start and stop function of Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), which allows your vehicle to
follow the lead vehicle till it stops (certain deceleration conditions need to be met). If the lead vehicle
drives away in a short amount of time, your vehicle can automatically start and follow. If the lead vehicle
remains stationary for a period of time, your vehicle will enter the parking state.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is mainly applicable to long-distance driving on dry and smooth
standardized straight roads, such as highways, expressways, and long straight roads.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control cannot handle all situations
in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control controls the speed, but not the direction, of your
vehicle.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control if it is safe. You should always be ready to take
over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate
responsibility for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed and complying with current traffic laws
and regulations.
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on the system
Using the feature in bad weather conditions
Using the system in an environment where there are many pedestrians, bicycles, or animals
Using the system on non-standardized roads, such as roads under construction or private
roads
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
WarningAs a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Intelligent
Adaptive Cruise Control has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration
required by Autonomous Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision. Intelligent
Adaptive Cruise Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the lead vehicle
when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case, press the
brake pedal immediately for your safety. Do not rely on Adaptive Cruise Control to bring your vehicle to
a full stop following the stationary vehicle or the lead vehicle in this situation.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Intelligent Adaptive
Cruise Control has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by
Autonomous Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Intelligent
Adaptive Cruise Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance
from the lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In
this case, press the brake pedal immediately for your safety. Do not rely on Adaptive Cruise Control to
bring your vehicle to a full stop following the stationary vehicle or the lead vehicle in this
situation.
Enabling Adaptive Cruise Control
Middle button : activate or exit
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
When the operating conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) are met, press the Middle button
on the left side of the steering wheel to
activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC).
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can be enabled at the vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h (0-110 mph).
If the vehicle speed is lower than 30 km/h (20 mph), 30 km/h (20 mph) will be set as the
cruising speed
If the vehicle speed is higher than 30 km/h (20 mph) but not higher than 180 km/h (110
mph), the current vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed
When Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is activated, you can release the accelerator pedal to
maintain the set cruising speed.
If there is a lead vehicle, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will adjust the speed of your
vehicle according to the speed and distance of the lead vehicle, and the maximum speed will not exceed
the cruising speed
When there is no vehicle ahead, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will quickly adjust the speed
of your vehicle to the cruising speed
When driving by using Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), you can depress the accelerator pedal hard
at any time to take over your vehicle in a short amount of time. At this time, Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) will no longer respond to the target lead vehicle, and your vehicle will be completely under your
control. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle will return to the cruising speed.
When Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) actively accelerates your vehicle, the accelerator pedal
will not move. When Adaptive Cruise Control decelerates your vehicle, the brake pedal may move.
After you exit Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) by pressing the Middle button on the left side of the steering wheel or depressing the brake
pedal, you can activate it again by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and you
can restore the vehicle speed to the previously set cruising speed. If you press the Up button on the left
side of the steering wheel while depressing the accelerator pedal, the current speed will be set as the
cruising speed. The maximum set speed is 180 km/h (110 mph).
Operating Conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC):
The high-definition camera, LiDAR and radar function normally, and the field of vision is
clear
No components of Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) are faulty
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
Driver seating status
The driver's hands on the steering wheel
The driver has fastened the seat belt
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position D
The driver does not step on the brake pedal
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered
The function cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal
driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are
distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate
Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
Disabling Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is deactivated when:
The steering wheel button is
pressed
The brake pedal is depressed
In addition, when the conditions for Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) are not met, it will be
automatically deactivated. You can take control of the vehicle immediately after Adaptive Cruise Control
is deactivated.
After Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is deactivated, the vehicle may slow down due to
regenerative braking, and will not be able to maintain the set distance to the lead vehicle.
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control may be canceled suddenly due to unexpected circumstances.
Please always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
Adjusting Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Speed
When Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is active, go to the Settings page from the control bar at
the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance > Adjust Speed by Steering
Wheel Button, and select the appropriate way to adjust the cruising speed.
The cruising speed can be adjusted by:
Press to +1, press and hold to +5
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease
the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Press and hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to
increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82
km/h, press and hold the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be
increased to 85 km/h
Press and hold to +1, press to +5
Short press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to
increase/decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Press and hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to
increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82
km/h, press and hold the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be
increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is 180 km/h, or 110 mph.
The minimum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is 30 km/h, but it allows the vehicle
to decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, press and hold +1, or press shortly +5.
The cruise speed cannot be adjusted via NOMI.
Adjusting Following Time and Distance with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
When Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is active or in standby, the following time and distance can
be adjusted in 5 levels.
Press the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and
distance to a farther setting
Press the Left button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and
distance to a closer setting
Caution当跟车时间距离被设置较近时,自适应巡航驾驶行为较为激烈,可能会引起不适。
When the time distance to the lead vehicle is set shorter, Intelligent Adaptive Cruise
Control will respond more aggressively, which may cause a level of discomfort.
Warning您有责任在任何时候确定并保持安全的跟车距离,请勿完全依靠自适应巡航保持车距。
It is your responsibility to determine and maintain a safe following distance at all times.
Do not rely solely on Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to maintain an accurate or appropriate
following distance.
Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD)
An intelligent driving status indicator light has been added next to the real-time vehicle
speed on the left side of the digital instrument cluster. The intelligent driving status indicator light
can be used to understand the functions of intelligent driving that can be activated now and that is
running now, as well as the cruise speed status of intelligent driving.
Active state
To be activated
Loss of lateral control
NOP+
Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
None
When Dynamic Environment Simulation & Display (ESD) displays the “Please drive with
caution, the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close” warning, it means that there is a risk of
collision because the maximum deceleration available to Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can no longer
maintain a safe distance, and you need to take control of the brake pedal and steering wheel immediately
to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and
take over immediately.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert
When the vehicle is stopped when following the lead vehicle under Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
If the lead vehicle starts, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will follow it and actively start
the vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent
collision accidents from occurring;
When the vehicle is stopped for no more than about 5 minutes when following the lead
vehicle, starting while following is available under Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC);
After the vehicle is stopped for about 5 minutes when following the lead vehicle, Electric
Parking Brake (EPB) will be activated and Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will be deactivated;
If the system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, making it impossible to
follow the lead vehicle, you may, after checking the surroundings, reactivate Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) by stepping on the accelerator pedal
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect other traffic participants in all
situations, as this feature may fail, work improperly, or work with delay under the impact of multiple
factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions. Never rely solely on
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to start the vehicle to follow, otherwise personal injury or
vehicle damage may occur.
Smart Speed Assist
Once activated, when the vehicle is driving on a highway or overpass under Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it will alert you to change the speed limit when a change is detected in the road speed
limit. You can manually confirm to keep the cruise speed consistent with the current road speed limit.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assistance > Smart Speed Assist to turn this function on or off.
Intelligent Speed Control is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute
for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic
Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually
alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Control cannot handle all situations in
all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road
conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Traffic Sign Recognition and Intelligent
Speed Control if it is safe.
Currently, Intelligent Speed Control does not work in complex road conditions such as
ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Control combines the speed limit information from the map to display
the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit information will be
displayed when no speed limit information source is available from the map.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot
perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment
simulation display.
Overtaking Assist Provided by Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
When the vehicle is following the lead vehicle under Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), if you turn
on the left turn light and steer the steering wheel in an attempt to overtake another vehicle, it will
activate acceleration assist to accelerate up to the set cruising speed.
Overtaking Assist can be activated when:
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is active and has detected a vehicle traveling in the same
direction ahead
The current vehicle speed is higher than 50 km/h, but not over the set cruising speed
There is no lane marking or the lane marking is a dashed line on the side of the lane
change
The vehicle is at a safe distance from the vehicle ahead
The hazard warning light is not on
No malfunction with the turn light
When the above conditions are met, you can activate Overtaking Assist by toggling the left turn
light lever to the bottom. When you turn the steering wheel to the left, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
will maintain the distance to the lead vehicle, but will allow you to drive slightly closer than the set
following distance. During a lane change, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will accelerate up to the set
cruising speed without you stepping on the accelerator pedal.
Your vehicle may decelerate when Overtaking Assist is in operation due to the lead vehicle
in the current or target lane, which is highlighted on the digital instrument cluster.
Overtaking Assist function will be deactivated, but Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will remain
active, when:
A lane change is completed
Overtaking Assist has been active for too long
The turn light lever is toggled back before the lane change
Caution若自适应巡航工作条件不满足,超车辅助功能和自适应巡航功能将同时退出。
When the operating conditions for Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control are not met,
Overtaking Assist and Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control will cancel.
Caution超车辅助只能辅助调整行驶速度,而无法控制行驶方向,您必须始终手动控制方向。
Overtaking Assist only assists in adjusting the vehicle’s driving speed, and cannot
control the steering. You must manually control the steering at all times.
Caution 超车辅助无法分辨您的“超车”与“左转”意图。
Overtaking Assist is unable to distinguish your intention to overtake from your intention
to turn left.
Overtaking Assist only detects the vehicle in front of you. In order to ensure your safety,
you must pay attention to your surroundings before and during the process of overtaking.
When using Overtaking Assist, you should be aware of the possibility of sudden acceleration
or a lack of acceleration, and always be prepared to press or fully press the accelerator pedal to
take over. Do not rely solely on this feature to overtake other vehicles.
Warning以下情况可能导致超车辅助无法按预期运作,包括但不限于:正在驶近左转弯出口
Overtaking Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations, including but not
limited to:
Approaching a left-hand exit
Driving on winding roads
The front vehicle’s status in the current or target lane changes suddenly, e.g. sudden
deceleration
Obstacles to the side or rear of the vehicle
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder, affect the performance of
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk,
night, or in a tunnel
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your
vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in
front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the performance of
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil
sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may
occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder, affect the performance of
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels,
leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special
circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Only the vehicles that meet the conditions will be responded by Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC).
The targets below can not be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but
are not limited to:
Transverse vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at
night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such vehicles
include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a
certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the
driver needs to pay extra attention.
The following situations may cause late recognition and response in Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For
example, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and
the blind spots on the sides of the vehicle
When approaching or turning along a road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed,
resulting in unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When
going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle
(especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to
recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle
abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in
a responsive manner and you need to take over in time
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or
intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle’s brakes when it is not necessary or
intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary
target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the
current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for your
safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This function cannot guarantee accurate recognition of the target in all situations. If you
find that the display of "target lead vehicle" on the digital instrument cluster does not match the
actual situation, please take control of your vehicle in a timely manner. Which include but are not
limited to:
There is actually a lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster does not display the
target vehicle.
There is actually no lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster shows a lead
vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC) because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause
deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed
bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps,
congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
In the following situations, if the vehicle speed is too high relative to the lead vehicle,
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) may be subject to limited control, which will result in an inability to
maintain the safe distance in a responsive manner, which include but are not limited to:
Sudden maneuvers of the vehicle ahead (such as sudden turns, acceleration, deceleration,
etc.)
Another vehicle abruptly cutting in or out of the front of your vehicle
Your vehicle abruptly cutting in behind the vehicle ahead
Your vehicle driving towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed
It may not be able to provide sufficient braking force in the following situations, which
include but are not limited to:
The brake function cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet,
etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes,
ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) system. There are many factors that
may interfere with the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring,
you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe
driving.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion) uses surround-view cameras and
ultrasonic sensors to detect ground markings or parking spaces between two vehicles, so as to provide
parking assistance.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion supports perpendicular parking, parallel parking,
and angled parking, but does not support parking in three-dimensional parking spaces.
Caution为保证该功能的正常和安全运行,在使用该功能过程中,请务必全程系好安全带。
To ensure the normal and safe operation of this function, please make sure to fasten your
seat belt during the use of this function.
The performance of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion depends on the capabilities
of the surround view camera and ultrasonic sensors to detect and identify the environment.
Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if any one of the two side mirrors,
the surround view camera, and the ultrasonic sensors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
You should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, and animals near your vehicle, and
other fine, pointed, low or suspended obstacles undetected by the ultrasonic sensors, such as parking
locks, low stone blocks, traffic cones, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects, corners of walls, and
square columns in parking lots.
As a driving assist feature, Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot handle all
situations in all traffic, weather, road, and light conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Shiftless
Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road
or vehicle are not suitable for enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion, or there are
other safety risks. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for parking safely and complying with
applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion parks the vehicle as follows:
Parking space search: Enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space Search.
Drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h, and stop after the digital instrument cluster
shows that a parking space has been found. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable
parking space;
Manual parking space search: Enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space
Search. Drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h, and stop after the digital
instrument cluster shows that a parking space has been found. Keep the brake on, check and choose
a safe and suitable parking space;
Auto parking space search: When the road conditions and system conditions are met,
drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h. When a parking space is found in the
background, the Parking Assist button will appear on the Map page. Touch the button and stop the vehicle according to the
text prompts on the interface. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable parking
space;
Parking: Select a safe and suitable parking space, and park the vehicle according to the
text prompts on the interface. Keep checking the surroundings to ensure that the vehicle is parked
safely;
Parking completed. The Dual-view Image interface will prompt Parking Completed.
Details are as follows:
Parking Space Search
Before searching for a parking space, the vehicle must meet the following conditions:
The vehicle speed is lower than 16 km/h
The vehicle is in the D or R gear position
All doors are closed
Driver seating status
ACC/LCC not enabled
Ultrasonic sensors and surround-view cameras function properly with a clear view
No system error
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
are not triggered
Traction control system, vehicle stability control system are not disabled
Not available in ECO+ Mode
When the above conditions are met, you can initiate Parking Space Search in any of the
following ways:
Where the parking camera is off, say a command like “I want to park” or “Park the
vehicle” to wake up NOMI, which will open the Dual-view Image interface directly and enter Parking
Space Search
Swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Access page, tap
Parking Assist, enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking
Space Search
Put your vehicle in Reverse, enter the image interface, and tap the button in the upper left corner to open Parking Space
Search
Tap the parking camera to enter the 360° image interface, tap the button in the upper left corner to open Parking Space
Search
After turning on Parking Space Search, keep the vehicle at a distance of 0.5m to 1.5m to
the target parking space, and drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h to search for a
parking space.
During the search for a parking space, when a white “P” appears on the left or right side
of your vehicle on the screen, it means that the system has found a parking space on the corresponding
side. If a “P” appears on both sides, it means that the system has found parking spaces on both sides.
Stop the vehicle at this time, keep the brake on, and check whether the parking space is
safe and suitable. If multiple parking spaces are found, you can manually select the appropriate
parking space on the Dual-view Image interface.
Note开始搜索车位后,若爱车挂入 R 挡并后退,车位搜索将保持。
After the vehicle starts searching a parking space, if you shift into REVERSE and
reverse the vehicle, it will continue searching.
Caution若车速大于约16 公里/小时,车位搜索会退出。
When the vehicle's speed is above 16 km/h, the parking space search will be canceled.
Caution若搜索车位时,车辆前进方向与道路方向偏角过大,会影响最终泊车的效果。
When searching for parking spaces, parking may not be successful if the vehicle’s
direction has significantly deviated from the direction of the road.
Parking spaces on narrow roads or spaces that are too narrow may not be selected due to
a lack of space.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion does not support parking space search and
lateral shift in a parking space.
CautionSemi-Automatic Parking Assist can be used to identify the barrier-free parking
space sign in the parking space. After successful identification, the barrier-free parking space
will display the corresponding icon in the parking space page at the lower left. The
identification of the barrier-free sign in the non-parking space, such as erected metal plates and
text signs, is not supported now. In addition, this type of parking space may be misidentified.
Please select a parking space as required according to the actual situation.
Semi-Automatic Parking Assist can be used to identify the barrier-free parking space
sign in the parking space. After successful identification, the barrier-free parking space will
display the corresponding icon in the parking space page at the lower left. The identification of
the barrier-free sign in the non-parking space, such as erected metal plates and text signs, is
not supported now. In addition, this type of parking space may be misidentified. Please select a
parking space as required according to the actual situation.
You must always check and confirm if the detected parking space is safe and
suitable for parking. Do not rely solely on Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to
search for suitable parking spaces.
This feature is not available on high-speed roads and urban expressways.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
The system may misidentify parking spaces on roads, at entrances, in bushes, etc.
You need to determine if the parking space is suitable.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot determine if the detected
parking space is legitimate. You need to confirm the legitimacy before starting the parking
procedure.
Parking
Select a safe and suitable parking space, release the steering wheel and brake pedal
according to the text prompts on the interface, then initiate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with
Fusion. During the parking process, the interface will display the current gear and the remaining
length of the route in this gear as a reference. Keep checking the surroundings to ensure the safety
of the parking process.
After selecting a parking space, you can de-select it by tapping the space again before
releasing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is parked, the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital
instrument cluster will turn green.
Caution请在车辆提示“请松开刹车和方向盘”后,再释放制动踏板,以免泊车功能退出,车辆后退。
Please only release the brake pedal when you receive the prompt “Release the brake
pedal and the steering wheel” on the center display. Otherwise, Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist
will cancel and the vehicle will move backwards.
Before releasing the brake pedal, make sure that your hands and arms do not interfere
with the steering wheel to avoid any injuries caused by its rapid movement. When parking, always
be prepared to apply the brakes to pause the process or take over.
Initiating Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion in a narrow parking space may
affect the performance of the sensors, which can increase the risk of damaging the vehicle or
surrounding objects.
You are responsible for driving safely. Always pay attention to your surroundings when
parking, ensure that the parking process is safe, and be prepared to take over at any time. In
particular, you should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, or animals near your
vehicle, and other fine, pointed, low, or suspended obstacles the ultrasonic sensors may not be
able to detect.
Any retrofits or modifications made to the steering wheel, including but not limited to
steering wheel cover, steering wheel modification, and counterweight ring, will increase the
parking risk caused by failed or affected Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion.
The center display only shows available parking spaces that Shiftless Automatic Parking
Assist is capable of parking in, which are subject to both the size of the parking space and its
surroundings. If you spot any obstacles that suddenly appear around the car while parking, take
over immediately as the system may not apply the brakes in time.
Parking Completed
The vehicle is properly parked when the Dual-view Image interface prompts “Parking
Completed”, and the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster
turns green.
After parking, you may need to make further adjustments to the vehicle in order to ensure
that the vehicle is in the best parking position.
Before leaving, make sure that the electric parking brake is activated and the vehicle is
in Park gear.
Caution 受周围环境影响,系统可能会提前完成泊车,需要您酌情调整车辆位置。
Parking may be finished in advance due to the surroundings. In this case, you may need to
adjust the vehicle’s position manually.
Pausing Parking
During the process of parking under Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion, you can
lightly step on the brake pedal to slow the vehicle down without disengaging the feature; only when you
keep stepping on the brake pedal until the speed is reduced to 0 km/h, will the feature be suspended. In
addition, stepping on the accelerator pedal during parking will also suspend the parking.
If you actively intervene with the steering wheel, the parking feature will be suspended.
Intervention includes, but is not limited to, the process of perpendicularly backing into a
parking space with Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion active, if the system detects that there
may be a safety risk or the parking result cannot be guaranteed, the system will pause parking and ask you
whether to continue parking.
After parking is paused, check the surroundings to ensure that it is safe to continue parking,
then release the brake pedal, and tap the “Resume Parking” button on the center display to re-activate
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion.
Caution若泊车过程中暂停次数过多,会影响最终泊车的效果。
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
Disabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
You can deactivate the parking operation process manually in the following ways. Take over
control of the speed and direction of your vehicle after actively disengaging Shiftless Advanced Parking
Assist with Fusion:
Step on the brake pedal and shift gears
When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is suspended, tap the “Stop Parking”
button on the Dual-view Image interface
Actively exit the Dual-view Image interface
In addition, when Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is active, the following
situations will cause the ongoing parking to stop, requiring you to take over the vehicle in time:
Too close to an obstacle
Front trunk, liftgate or any door is open
Electric parking brake is activated
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system
triggered
Driver leaves seat
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion has been suspended for more than about 30
seconds
Too many front and rear adjustments
The overall parking process has timed out
System fault
When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is deactivated abnormally, the “P” on the
left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster will turn red.
Precautions and Restrictions
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the
vehicle is driving under the following road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the road surface is
slanted or sloped. Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is only designed for use on road
surfaces with no gradients.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the road surface is uneven
or there are steps on the road. Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is designed for use on
flat roads only.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if there is water, mud,
potholes, ice and snow, speed bumps, and obstacles on the road.
The curb material is special or cannot be detected. If parked improperly, the tires and
wheel rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you need to promptly take over
the vehicle.
When the road surface is slanted or the slope is beyond the supported range, the success
rate of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot be guaranteed.
If the angle of the slanted parking space exceeds the supported range, the parking space
will not be released, and the success rate for parking cannot be guaranteed.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection of the following obstacles, requiring you to be
ready to take over the vehicle at any time, so as to prevent property damage or personal injury, which
include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians, children, animals, etc.
Thin, pointed, short, and suspended obstacles, such as ground locks, low stone piers, low
cylinders, thin rods, sharp objects, etc.
Wall corners, parking lot columns, etc.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected,
which includes but is not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misplaced, or obscured (such as by mud or ice)
Severe weather like rain, snow, fog, and haze affect the performance of ultrasonic sensors
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause
interference
The surround-view camera may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected,
which includes but is not limited to:
The left and right side mirrors or the front and rear of the vehicle are damaged, resulting
in an abnormal position of the surround-view camera
The surround-view camera is soiled (such as by mud or ice) or obscured
Under strong sunlight or dappled tree shade
Reflective ground or water on the ground
Poor lighting conditions (dark), strong reflection from the ground, or poor visibility
(heavy rain, heavy snow, dense fog)
A parking space of an unconventional size (too narrow or too wide), or a tile-paved parking
space
Worn, unclear, covered, or overlapping parking space lines
Cylindrical, square and other shaped pillars near the parking space
Parking space at a corner
The system may not be able to judge and exclude parking spaces with no-parking markings,
cones, restricted-stop signs, ground locks, or other special parking spaces
The system may not be able to exclude parking spaces with obstacles, such as pedestrians,
bicycles, tricycles, low debris, bricks, etc.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the
vehicle is driving in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Any addition or modification of the steering wheel, which will increase the risk of parking
and may cause the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to not work, or not function as
expected, which includes but is not limited to: installing a leather steering wheel cover, or
modifying the steering wheel or weight ring, etc.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if a trailer is attached to
the rear of the vehicle.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the vehicle is fitted with
snow chains or a spare wheel.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if a loaded object protrudes
into the area surrounding the vehicle.
Non-original tires or low tire pressure will affect the driving trajectory of Shiftless
Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion. When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is active,
make sure the tires are original and properly inflated.
After changing the tire size and specifications, you need to update the relevant parameters
at the After-sales Services. Currently only the tire models specified by us are supported; any
modification of the vehicle's tire size and specifications may affect parking performance.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected due to
the following target parking space conditions, which include but are not limited to:
The target parking space is adjacent to the roadside fence, high walls, street lights,
trees, bushes, pillars, suspended obstacles such as railings, distribution boxes, chargers, etc.,
which will affect the final parking effect and may even cause vehicle damage.
The target parking space is on a curve, which will affect the final parking effect.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the target parking space
is at an angle.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when there are obstacles such
as unlocked ground locks, cones, shopping carts, and lampposts in the target parking space.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the following conditions may
lead to poor vision of the observed environment while driving, which include but are not limited to:
Any one of the left and right side mirrors is blurred, damaged or in an abnormal position.
The surround-view camera is blurry, damaged, or in an unusual position.
Poor vision at night or due to insufficient light.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion repeatedly in the following
situations, which include but are not limited to:
After vigorous driving or repeated parking operations, which may trigger overheating
protection of the steering system. Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion for
prolonged periods of time or repeatedly.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that
may affect the normal operation of the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion system. There are
many factors that may interfere with the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion system. In order to
prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and
vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP)
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) can help drivers park their vehicles in the Power
Swap Station without any steering wheel input, braking, acceleration, or gear shift operations.
Search for the Power Swap Station on the map, or open the power-up assistant to screen the Power
Swap Station:
If you are within the order placing range of the Power Swap Station, directly tap to place an
order;
If you are not in the order placing range, navigate to the Power Swap Station and place an
order when you arrive nearby.
The locations of your vehicle and the NIO app are checked during order placement. An
order cannot be placed successfully unless your vehicle is within 200m of the power swap station.
In the event of an order placement failure due to unavailable vehicle network, please try
again after the network resumes or consult the field specialist.
Please read the Agreement and Disclaimer before placing an order.
When the order is placed successfully, a power swapping serial number will be generated to enter
the queuing sequence. You can check the battery's charging status, the number of people in the current
queue, the estimated waiting time and other information on the order page of the mobile app and the vehicle.
After the lead vehicle finishes the power swap and leaves the Power Swap Station, the Power Swap
Station will send a number calling command after checking to notify you to enter the station for the power
swap. Tap the "Activate Power Swap Process" button on the center display to start the parking process.
Please wait for your turn near the power swap station and pay attention to the queuing
status on your center display or NIO app. If you miss your turn, please contact the field specialist
in time.
If you have to leave the power swap station for some reason, please pay attention to the
queuing status on the NIO app or cancel the order in time.
Please avoid the lane in front of the station when waiting for power swap.
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) function may not operate as expected in the following
situations:
The material that the curb is made out of is not stone or the curb is undetectable. If parked
improperly, the tires and wheel rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you
need to promptly take over the vehicle.
Any addition or modification of the steering wheel, which will increase the risk of parking
and may cause the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to not work, or not function as
expected, which includes but is not limited to: installing a leather steering wheel cover, or modifying
the steering wheel or weight ring, etc.
One or more ultrasonic sensors are contaminated or obstructed (e.g. sludge or ice and snow).
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, extreme heat or cold, etc.) interfere with the
operation of the sensor.
Reflective ground or water on the ground
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause
interference
The road surfaces are uneven, have grass planting bricks, grooves, etc.
It is equipped with snow chains or spare wheels.
The loaded objects protrude around the vehicle.
Any one of the left and right side mirrors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
After the tire size is changed, you need to go to the service center to update the
relevant parameters. Currently, only the official tire models are supported. Any modification
related to the vehicle tire size and performance may affect the parking performance.
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
High-speed driving or multiple parking operations may trigger overheat protection for the
steering system. Do not use this feature repeatedly for an extended period.
When the target parking space is close to roadside fences, high walls, street lights,
trees, bushes, pillars, or overhanging obstacles such as railings, power distribution boxes and
charging connectors, these obstacles may affect the parking result and even cause vehicle damage.
Parking into the Power Swap Station
After tapping the "Activate Power Swap Process" button, please enter the starting area for the
power swap in the specified direction at a speed lower than 18 km/h according to the vehicle's
instructions.
A high speed may cause positioning detection failure. Please keep the speed below 18
km/h.
Please drive as instructed by the arrows on the ground and avoid vehicles and
pedestrians around.
If positioning detection fails, please contact the field specialist to take over your
vehicle and manually reverse for power swap.
After entering the starting area for the power swap, when the Dynamic Environment Simulation
& Display (ESD) displays and NOMI plays a voice prompt saying that the vehicle has been successfully
located, please press the brake pedal to keep the vehicle stationary and wait for positioning detection.
Make sure your seat belt is fastened and the door is closed while you wait in the starting
area.
Tap the "Assist in Parking Into the Power Swap Station" button. When you see "Please release
the brake and steering wheel", follow the instructions to start parking in the Power Swap Station.
Parking will be suspended if obstacles are detected during the process.
If parking is suspended due to systemic reasons or active intervention during the process,
please confirm that there are no obstacles in the surrounding area and manually resume the parking.
If you are unable to continue parking, you can select "Terminate Parking", and the on-site
specialist will manually swap power for the vehicle after you quit. If the Power Swap Station is
unattended, users can choose to park automatically or manually again, or contact the specialist.
After parking is completed, swap power for the vehicle as instructed on the interface.
Before or during parking into the power swap station, please always pay attention to your
surroundings to confirm that there are no passing vehicles, pedestrians, children, etc. and ensure
parking safety.
Please do not take over the accelerator pedal, unbuckle the seat belt, leave the driver’s
seat, or open the door during parking into the power swap station.
Starting/Ending the Power Swap
After parking successfully in place, it will automatically enter the one-button Power Swap
process. Please read the instructions on the vehicle's screen carefully and tap to start the power swap.
The vehicle will automatically adjust to the power swap status, and switch off the screen to
start the power swap.
If your vehicle is not parked in place or failed to be automatically adjusted, please
adjust your vehicle as instructed by the field specialist.
The windows or air conditioning cannot be adjusted during the power swap. Please adjust
them to proper positions in advance.
During the power swap, it is normal that the vehicle jerks slightly with some noise and
some warning lights are on temporarily.
During the process, do not try to open any door, shift gears, press the brake pedal, or
perform other actions, which may cancel the power swap abnormally.
After the power swap is completed, the vehicle's screen will light up to indicate that the
power swap has been completed. At this time, it can drive away from the Power Swap Station without any
problems.
Caution 驶出换电站时请注意观察前方的车辆及行人,确认安全后再驶出换电站。
Please pay attention to any vehicles or pedestrians in front for safety before exiting the
power swap station.
The above warnings and precautions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect
the normal operation of the Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) system. There are many factors that
may interfere with the Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) system. In order to prevent accidents from
occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure
safe driving.
Side Distance Indication System (SDIS)
The Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) function monitors the front of the vehicle when it is
driving at a low speed with ultrasonic sensors. When approaching obstacles, the parking camera interface and
scenarios like assisting in judging the parking space or passing restricted roads will be automatically
called up.
Side Distance Indication System serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual
observation.
As a driving assist feature, Side Distance Indication System cannot handle all situations in
all traffic, weather and road conditions. We do not recommend using Side Distance Indication System in
bad weather conditions, including but not limited to heavy rain, snow, fog, and haze.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on
whether to use Side Distance Indication System if it is safe.
It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and
complies with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) Function
The Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) function can be enabled or disabled by the settings
button on the parking camera interface. When the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) is enabled,
different layout styles can be selected, such as dual-view, full-screen, and picture-in-picture.
When the following working conditions are simultaneously satisfied, the parking camera
interface will be automatically activated:
Vehicle in D gear
The speed does not exceed 21 km/h
There are obstacles in any of the areas ahead and they are close to the vehicle
Area and Range of the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS)
Area
Range
1
Distance within 50cm
2
Distance within 80cm
3
Distance within 80cm
You can tap on the upper right side of the parking camera interface and select to turn off the
warning tone. At the same time, you should bear all the risks caused by turning off the warning tone.
Automatic exit of the parking camera interface:
When the obstacle is more than 4.5 seconds away from the vehicle, the parking camera
interface will automatically exit.
When the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) is turned off by tapping the blank area of
the parking camera or grabbing the screen with five fingers, it can be temporarily disabled for 3
minutes, and normal use can be resumed 3 minutes later.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 21 km/h, the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) will
return to normal use.
When the working conditions for the Side Distance Indication System (SDIS) function are
satisfied again, the parking camera interface will be automatically activated.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which
includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings do not cover all conditions that may affect the proper operation of the Side
Distance Indication System (SDIS). There are many factors that may interfere with the Side Distance
Indication System (SDIS). In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and
focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Vehicle Health Status
Please keep an eye on the health status of the vehicle to keep your vehicle in the best
condition. You can tap
My EL6
on the main screen of the center display to enter the Vehicle Health Status interface. When you are on this
page, the vehicle can perform a self-check, and show you the current health status of the vehicle once it is
finished.
You can also check the power consumption of the current trip on the
My EL6
interface, and reset the trip by tapping
Reset Accumulated Mileage.
Maintenance Instructions
To ensure that the vehicle can operate normally and bring a good driving and riding experience,
you need to conduct regular vehicle maintenance.
In light of the complexity of vehicle systems and the after-sales service requirements of
electric vehicles by national laws and regulations, we recommend you to have your vehicle maintained
regularly at NIO’s service center. If you have any inquiries about the vehicle inspection, please contact
NIO at any time.
Routine Maintenance
Routine maintenance is very important for ensuring your vehicle performance, reducing your costs
of vehicle usage, and extending your vehicle service life. It is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center
to have maintenance conducted according to the following requirements.
Daily Maintenance
Daily maintenance is a very important measure to ensure driving safety and reduce vehicle
malfunctions. The following items shall be checked on a daily basis. If any abnormalities are found,
please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for relevant inspections.
Check that all exterior lights, horns, turn signals, and hazard warning lights work
properly.
Check that the wipers and windshield washers work properly.
Check that the brakes work properly.
Check that the seat belts work properly.
Check if there are abnormally lit indicator lights or text warning messages on the
instrument cluster and center display.
Check the tire pressure and check the tires for damage and abnormal wear.
Check if there is any abnormal accumulation of fluids under your vehicle body (water
accumulation caused by dehumidification in the air conditioning system is normal).
When driving, pay attention to whether there are abnormal sounds such as bumps or impacts
from the bottom of your vehicle body.
Check your vehicle body for any dirt (such as bird droppings, resin, asphalt spots,
insects, and industrial dust) that may damage the paint. If there is any dirt, please clean your
vehicle body according to the instructions. Refer to "Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance".
Check for any dirt in the roof LiDAR area, high-definition camera area, and 360 surround
view camera area. If there is any dirt, please clean those areas according to the instructions. Refer
to "Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance".
Replace the smart key battery according to the prompts on the center display of your
vehicle.
Regular Maintenance
When driving in normal driving conditions, please go to the NIO Service Center for vehicle
maintenance according to the following maintenance items and intervals:
Gearbox oil: Replace every 200,000 kilometers.
Brake fluid: Replace every 3 years.
Coolant: Check the coolant at the latest in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers
(whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary.
If the coolant is not replaced, check the coolant every 2 years or 40,000 kilometers
(whichever comes first) and replace it if necessary. If the coolant is replaced, check the new coolant
in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary.
When your vehicle is used in extremely cold (below -30 ° C) climates, check the coolant and
replace it if necessary.
Brake pads: At the latest in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first),
check your brake pads for wear and replace them if necessary.
If the brake pads are not replaced, check the brake pads every 2 years or 40,000 kilometers
(whichever comes first) and replace them if necessary. If the brake pads are replaced, check the new
brake pads for wear in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them
if necessary.
Brake discs: At the latest, check your brake discs for wear and replace them if necessary
in the 10th year or at 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first).
If the brake discs are not replaced, check the brake discs every 2 years or 40,000
kilometers (whichever comes first) and replace them if necessary. If the brake discs are replaced,
check the new brake discs for wear in the 10th year or at 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first),
and replace them if necessary.
Note上述”必要时“是指检测结果不满足蔚来汽车技术标准。
The above "when necessary" refers to when test results do not meet the requirements of NIO
technical standards.
Irregular Maintenance
It is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center for the following maintenance when needed
based on the conditions of your vehicle and the prompts on the center display:
Check the wiper blades for aging and scraping, and replace them if necessary.
Check the air conditioning filter element according to the prompts on the center display
of your vehicle and replace it if necessary.
Replace the 12V battery according to the prompts on the center display of your vehicle.
Note上述”必要时“是指检测结果不满足蔚来汽车技术标准。
The above "when necessary" refers to when test results do not meet the requirements of NIO
technical standards.
It is recommended to go to NIO Service Center for a comprehensive vehicle health check when
needed based on the usage environment and condition of your vehicle.
Special Maintenance
If your vehicle is frequently driven in the following harsh environments, additional
maintenance items or shorter maintenance intervals may be required. For specifics, please contact the NIO
Service Center.
Driving in a dusty environment.
Driving in harsh cold (below -20 ℃) or high temperature (above 40 ℃) environments.
Driving in humid environments or frequently wading in water.
Driving on roads with high salt content or corrosive materials.
Frequent braking or driving in mountainous areas.
Often used for special purposes such as high loads.
Retrofitted or modified for special purposes.
Front Wiper Blade Replacement
The front wipers remove rainwater and stains on the windshield (used together with windshield
washer fluid). If your vision through the windshield is blurred or if there are multiple obvious water marks
after the wiping, which affect the driver's vision and do not disappear, it’s time to replace the wiper
blades:
How to replace the front wiper blades:
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Doors and Windows Lock > Wipers > Front Wiper Service Position ,
and then the front wipers will move to a position that is convenient for replacement.
After the front wipers move to the service position, they can be lifted upwards: press and
hold the front wiper blade tab and slide the wiper blade down perpendicular to the wiper arm to remove
the wiper blade.
Insert the new wiper blade until you hear a "click", which indicates that the wiper blade
has been properly secured.
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
The rear wiper blades can remove rain from the rear windshield. The steps to replace the rear
wiper blades are as follows:
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap
Doors and Windows Lock > Wipers > Front Wiper Service Position,
and then the rear wiper blades will move to a position that is convenient for replacement.
Lift the rear wiper arms up and remove the rear wiper blades.
Install new wiper blades and pull them to confirm that they are securely installed.
To add windshield washer fluid, open the hood. If necessary, please contact the NIO Service
Center for assistance, so as to avoid injuries resulting from accidental contact with high-pressure
components.
Windshield washer fluid is flammable and irritating. When using it, please avoid open
flames and contact with body parts.
Windshield washer fluid may damage your vehicle light cover. Please prevent the windshield
washer fluid from coming into contact with the light cover.
Do not add coolant to the windshield washer fluid. Otherwise, it may damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
Windshield washer fluid aids in preserving clear vision in the front windshield. Add windshield
washer fluid as follows:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the washer fluid reservoir cap and add the proper amount of washer fluid.
Caution加注风窗洗涤液时请对准壶口,缓慢加注;若洗涤液不慎洒落请及时擦拭干净。
When topping up the windshield washer fluid, please fill the reservoir carefully to
avoid spilling and wipe up any spills immediately.
Close the cap of the reservoir tightly after adding the washer fluid.
When closing the hood, first lower it slightly with your hands, then press both ends of the
hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not close the hood forcefully or allow it to fall freely.
Please add appropriate windshield washer fluid according to the outdoor temperature. In
cold weather, please use washer fluid containing antifreeze to avoid reducing the visibility through
the windshield.
When using concentrated windshield washer fluid, please follow the manufacturer's
instructions to dilute it with water.
Do not add water to the ready-to-use windshield washer fluid, or it may cause the washer
fluid to freeze and damage the washer fluid reservoir and other components of the washer system.
When the weather is very cold, it is recommended to add washer fluid to three-quarters of
the reservoir to prevent the washer fluid from freezing and expanding, which can damage the washer
fluid reservoir.
Do not add formulated windshield washer fluid containing waterproofing agent or
insect-stain removal washer fluid, or it may cause streaks, stains, squeaks, or other noises during
wiping.
Coolant Refill
Warning添加冷却液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to
top up the vehicle’s coolant.
Coolant helps maintain the vehicle's E-Powertrain System to run at a suitable temperature
range. Add coolant as follows:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the cap of the coolant reservoir and refill the proper amount of coolant (between the
MIN level and the MAX level).
Close the cap of the reservoir tightly.
When closing the hood, first lower it slightly with your hands, then press both ends of the
hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Brake Fluid Refill
Warning添加制动液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to
top up the vehicle’s brake fluid.
In a hydraulic braking system, brake fluid is the medium that transmits brake pressure. Add
brake fluid as follows:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the brake fluid reservoir cap and add the proper amount of brake fluid (between the
MIN level and the MAX level).
Close the cap of the reservoir tightly.
When closing the hood, first lower it slightly with your hands, then press both ends of the
hood down until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Tire Inspection and Maintenance
Do not drive on damaged, over-worn, or incorrectly inflated tires. For driving safety, please
check the tires on a regular basis:
Inspect the tires frequently for damage (punctures, cuts, tears, and bulges), and remove
foreign matter embedded in the tire tread.
A puncture will cause the tire to lose pressure, so it’s important to check the tire
pressure frequently. Repair or replace punctured or damaged tires as soon as possible. If you feel
sudden shaking or bumps while driving, or suspect that the tires are damaged, slow down immediately
while avoiding heavy braking or sudden steering. Stop after confirming that it is safe, and then
contact the NIO Service Center for assistance immediately.
If the tire valve dust cap is lost, please replace it as soon as possible.
Keep the tires away from oil, grease or fuel.
Always store wheels in a cool, dry and dark place. Separate tires that are not on wheels
should be stored upright.
Do not store summer tires or park a vehicle with summer tires in ambient temperatures below
-15 °C.
Check the tread pattern for wear marks on a regular basis, especially before and after long
drives. If the tire is worn down to 1.6mm or less, a wear mark will appear, by then the ground grip of the
tire will be greatly reduced, and the tire will need to be replaced immediately to prevent the risk of an
accident occurring.
For safety reasons, tires must be replaced if they show the following damage:
Damage such as cuts, splits, and cracks down to the carcass, and bulges that indicate inner
ply damage.
Frequently leaks, or irreparable damage due to the size or location of the cut or other
damaged locations.
Punctures, bulges and damage to tire sidewalls.
Deformation or corrosion of tires caused by long-term parking.
If you are not sure, please consult the NIO Service Center.
Caution若轮胎磨损不均匀,建议您到服务中心进行轮胎动平衡检查。
If tire wear is uneven, we recommend that you contact NIO to have the tires checked for dynamic
balancing.
In order to reduce tire wear and prolong the service life of the tires, the tires should be
cared for according to your driving habits and road conditions:
New tires are in the run-in period during the first 500 kilometers. Running in at a
moderate speed and with a careful driving style will prolong the service life of the tires.
When passing a curb or similar sections of road, keep the wheels perpendicular to the curb
as much as possible, and drive slowly.
Hard impacts of the tires against curbs or objects with sharp edges, such as rocks, or
impacts against sharp edges can cause imperceptible tire damage that will add up in the future.
Depending on the severity of the impact, it may damage the rim flange.
Turning too fast, over acceleration and hard braking will increase tire wear.
New tires, after they are replaced, must undergo a dynamic balance check.
If the vehicle cannot remain straight or keeps deviating while driving, please go to the
NIO Service Center to check the wheel alignment parameters and make adjustments if necessary.
If the rear tires have less wear than the front tires, then swap the front and rear tires
as needed. It is recommended to swap the front and rear tires every 10,000 km.
CautionWhen passing through large pits, speed bumps, obstacles or damaged roads, please pay
attention to safety and slow down to reduce the likelihood that the low-profile tires bulge or
burst.
When passing through large pits, speed bumps, obstacles or damaged roads, please pay
attention to safety and slow down to reduce the likelihood that the low-profile tires bulge or burst.
Brake Pad and Disc Inspection and Maintenance
Please depress the brake pedal occasionally when driving on rainy days or on ice- and
snow-covered roads so that the heat generated by friction can make the brake pads warm and dry. The same
shall be done when you drive in extremely wet or cold weather.
After having your vehicle cleaned, dry the brake for a short time to avoid impacting the braking
effect and prevent the brake disc from rusting.
Because the wear condition of brake pads and brake discs depends largely on your driving style
and service conditions, it is impossible to determine the wear condition in terms of actual driving mileage.
This high performance braking system is used to achieve comprehensive and excellent braking
effects at various vehicle speeds and temperatures. Therefore, in certain vehicle speed, braking force and
environment conditions (such as temperature and humidity), the brake may make a sharp noise.
New and replaced brake pads and brake discs can provide the best braking effect after being run
in for at least 500 km. During the running-in period, you need to depress the brake pedal harder to
compensate for the reduced braking effect.
You can go to the Settings page on the leftmost side of the control bar at the bottom of the
center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Rust and Moisture Removal for Brake
Disc to turn this function on:
After your vehicle is parked for a long time, it can speed up the rust removal of the brake
disc.
After it rains or the vehicle is washed, the moisture on the surface of the brake disc can be
removed faster to reduce the probability of braking noise.
When a new vehicle is used, it can speed up the running-in of the brake friction disc.
After the rust and moisture removal function of the brake disc is turned on, only the brake
caliper is used when braking in order to speed up the friction between the brake disc and the brake pad so
as to achieve a rust and moisture removal effect. At this time, the energy recovery system will no longer
work. This will have a certain impact on the range because the braking system can not provide an additional
braking force, and can only rely on the brake pedal to control the deceleration.
When you switch between drive modes, the rust and moisture removal function of the brake disc is
automatically turned off.
Air Conditioning Filter Element Inspection and Maintenance
After replacing the air conditioning filter element, go to the Comfort settings page from the
bottom of the center display, and tap Air Conditioning Purifier Filter Element Life
Timer to reset the filter element service life timer. This estimated service life is for
reference only because the actual service life depends on the environment and other factors. Replace it when
needed.
Make sure to keep the grille shutter of the air conditioner clear of any obstructions (such as
leaves and snow) before driving.
12V Battery Care
The 12V battery supplies 12V power for vehicle starting equipment and electrical equipment, and
is located in the front trunk. Keeping the 12V battery fully charged will prolong its service life.
Warning 低压电池电解液具有腐蚀性,若不慎入眼或皮肤,请立即使用大量水冲洗并送医。
If the 12V battery is leaking or swelling, please contact NIO immediately. If the electrolyte
comes in contact with eyes or skin, please rinse the eyes or skin with running water and seek medical
attention immediately.
If the 12V battery is severely drained (e.g. having been left unused for a long time),
please contact NIO for assistance and do not replace it yourself.
Before leaving the vehicle, please ensure that all electric systems, such as lights and
the media center, are turned off, and park the vehicle in a cool and dry place.
Caution断开并重新连接低压电池后,车窗自动升降及防夹功能将不可用。
After the 12V battery is disconnected and reconnected, the automatic lifting and anti-pinch
functions of the window will be temporarily unavailable.
High Voltage Battery Maintenance and Recycling
High Voltage Battery Maintenance
High voltage battery is an important driving part of the vehicle. Please pay attention to the
following precautions when using it:
Parking the vehicle in an environment with too high or too low temperature will directly
affect the service life of high voltage battery. Do not park the vehicle in such an environment for
a long time (more than 8 hours).
Do not park the vehicle in a place with high temperature or a heat source to avoid
accidental fire.
The vehicle should be parked in a dry place. Avoid parking in damp and watery parking
spaces as much as possible.
It is recommended not to stay in deep water (preferably not exceeding the battery base
plate) for a long time when the vehicle is wading. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
high-voltage components of the vehicle.
Avoid frequently charging the vehicle in the way of high-power DC fast charging, which
will affect the service life of high voltage battery.
If the vehicle will not be used for a long time, ensure that the battery level of high
voltage battery is above 50% (displayed on the digital instrument cluster) and the vehicle is parked
in a cool and dry place, so as to ensure the service life of high voltage battery. It is recommended
to check the battery level every week and use the vehicle once a month.
Please use a charging device that meets the charging specifications to charge the
vehicle, and charge it correctly according to the charging post instructions.
When driving on a road with a bumpy and gravelly surface or protruding obstacles, please
drive slowly or try to avoid the obstacles to avoid damage to the vehicle chassis or high voltage
battery pack. If the vehicle body bottom is bumped or a bumping sound is heard, please contact a NIO
Service Center immediately for safety inspection of chassis and high voltage battery pack.
Warning动力电池属高压部件,请勿私自触碰、移动、拆解动力电池及其相应线路,以免发生人身伤害。
The high voltage battery operates at a high voltage. Do not touch, move, or disassemble
the high voltage battery or its circuit without authorization. Doing so may result in injury.
Please be sure to charge the vehicle within 24 hours when the remaining driving range is
at zero. During this time, the charging speed will be limited until the battery level reaches 50%.
Failure to charge the vehicle within 72 hours may cause irreversible damage to the high voltage
battery.
Recycling of High Voltage Battery
Waste high voltage batteries need to be properly recycled. In the process of vehicle
maintenance, the high voltage batteries that meet the following conditions are deemed to require
recycling:
During the maintenance of high voltage battery in a NIO Service Center, battery capacity
and state are inspected. For batteries that shall be recycled according to the provisions of relevant
laws and regulations, NIO shall assume the entity responsibility and recycle them according to the
market conditions at that time.
In other cases, when it is judged that a battery can not be used any more but the battery
is in good status, after simple maintenance, it will be recycled and put into degraded use.
If a battery has a serious fault or is damaged, and can't be put into degraded use, it will
enter the recycling process.
Caution请勿随意处理或丢弃废旧动力电池,以免对环境造成严重污染。
Do not casually dispose of the high voltage battery, as it can cause severe environmental
damage.
Vehicles, vehicle parts and batteries must be disposed of using authorized recycling companies.
They must not be disposed of in general household waste or sent to landfill as this can cause severe
environmental damage. Please see the NIO website for details.
This symbol on the battery means that this product must not be treated as household waste.
The recycling process of high voltage battery is: NIO or a third-party recycling agency
designated by NIO will carry out recycling and subsequent treatment.